* lisp/isearch.el (isearch-lazy-highlight-word): New variable.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob30fb3f2b0048e400aa5f2be88a91ecd68229e680
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19968 28627))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20033 22846))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214 \(fn)" t nil)
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
252 ;;;***
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19931 11784))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
397 ;;;***
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19886 45771))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481 \(fn)" t nil)
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486 \(fn)" t nil)
488 ;;;***
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20094 65493))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
573 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
575 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
577 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
578 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
579 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
580 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
581 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
582 which is organized as an allout outline.)
584 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
586 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
587 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
588 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
589 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
590 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
591 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
592 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
593 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
595 and many other features.
597 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
598 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
599 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
600 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
601 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
603 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
604 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
605 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
606 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
607 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
608 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
609 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
610 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
611 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
612 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
614 Exposure Control:
615 ----------------
616 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
617 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
618 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
620 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
622 Navigation:
623 ----------
624 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
625 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
626 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
627 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
628 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
629 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
630 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
631 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
632 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
633 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
636 Topic Header Production:
637 -----------------------
638 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
639 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
640 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
642 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
643 ---------------------------------
644 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
645 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
646 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
647 current topic
648 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
649 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
650 are alternated according to nesting depth.
651 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
652 the offspring are not affected.
653 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
655 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
656 ----------------------------------
657 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
658 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
659 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
660 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
661 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
662 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
663 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
664 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
666 Topic-oriented Encryption:
667 -------------------------
668 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
669 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
671 Misc commands:
672 -------------
673 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
674 and establish a default file-var setting
675 for `allout-layout'.
676 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
677 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
678 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
679 buffer with name derived from derived from that
680 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
681 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
682 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
683 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
684 format.
685 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
686 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
687 auto-activation.
689 Topic Encryption
691 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
692 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
693 pending encryption on save.
695 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
696 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
697 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
698 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
699 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
701 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
702 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
703 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
704 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
705 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
706 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
707 signal.
709 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
710 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
711 for details.
713 HOT-SPOT Operation
715 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
716 navigation and exposure control.
718 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
719 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
720 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
721 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
722 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
724 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
725 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
726 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
727 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
728 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
730 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
731 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
732 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
733 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
734 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
735 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
736 at the beginning of the current entry.
738 Extending Allout
740 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
741 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
742 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
744 `allout-mode-hook'
745 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
746 `allout-mode-off-hook'
747 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
748 `allout-structure-added-hook'
749 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
750 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
751 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
752 `allout-post-undo-hook'
754 Terminology
756 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
758 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
759 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
760 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
761 CURRENT ITEM:
762 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
763 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
764 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
765 called the:
766 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
768 ANCESTORS:
769 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
770 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
771 of the ITEM.
772 OFFSPRING:
773 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
774 SUBTOPIC:
775 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
776 CHILD:
777 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
778 SIBLINGS:
779 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
781 Topic text constituents:
783 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
784 text.
785 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
786 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
787 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
788 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
789 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
790 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
791 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
792 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
793 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
794 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
795 the PREFIX.
797 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
798 of the ITEM.
799 PREFIX-LEAD:
800 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
801 It can be customized by changing the setting of
802 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
804 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
805 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
806 program code without interfering with processing of the text
807 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
808 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
809 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
810 docstring for more detail.
811 PREFIX-PADDING:
812 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
813 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
814 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
815 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
816 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
817 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
818 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
819 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
820 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
821 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
822 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
823 more details.
824 EXPOSURE:
825 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
826 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
827 CONCEALED:
828 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
829 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
831 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
832 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
833 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
839 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
840 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
842 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
843 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
847 ;;;***
849 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
850 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
851 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
854 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
856 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
857 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
859 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
861 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
863 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
864 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
866 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
867 visiting an outline.
869 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
870 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
872 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
873 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
874 you want allout widgets operation.
876 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
878 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
880 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
882 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
883 Allout-mode extension, providing graphical decoration of outline structure.
885 This is meant to operate along with allout-mode, via `allout-mode-hook'.
887 If optional argument ARG is greater than 0, enable.
888 If optional argument ARG is less than 0, disable.
889 Anything else, toggle between active and inactive.
891 The graphics include:
893 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
895 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
896 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
898 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
899 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
901 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
902 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
903 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
907 ;;;***
909 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
910 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19977 43600))
911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
913 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
915 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
916 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
917 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
918 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
919 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
920 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
922 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
924 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
927 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
929 ;;;***
931 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
932 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19986 58615))
933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
935 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
936 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
937 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
938 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
939 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
940 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
941 in the current window.
943 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
945 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
946 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
947 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
948 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
949 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
950 buffer if one does not exist.
952 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
954 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
955 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
956 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
957 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
958 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
960 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
962 ;;;***
964 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
965 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19854 41422))
966 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
968 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
969 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
971 \(fn)" t nil)
973 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
974 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
976 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
977 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
978 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
979 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
981 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
982 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
984 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
986 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
988 ;;;***
990 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
991 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19890 42850))
992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
994 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
995 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
996 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
997 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
998 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
999 \\[yank].
1001 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1002 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1003 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1004 the rules.
1006 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1007 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1008 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1009 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1011 \(fn)" t nil)
1013 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1014 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1016 \(fn)" t nil)
1018 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1019 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1020 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1022 \(fn)" nil nil)
1024 ;;;***
1026 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1027 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
1028 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1030 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1031 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1032 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1033 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1034 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1035 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1037 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1039 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1040 Toggle checking of appointments.
1041 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1042 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1049 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1050 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19909 7240))
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1053 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1054 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1055 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1056 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1058 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1059 kind of objects to search.
1061 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 normal variables.
1073 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1075 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1077 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1078 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1079 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1080 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1081 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1082 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1084 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1085 noninteractive functions.
1087 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1088 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1090 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1091 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1095 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1096 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1100 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1101 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1102 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1103 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1113 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1117 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1118 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1119 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1120 thus be found in `load-history'.
1122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1124 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1125 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1126 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1127 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1128 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1129 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1131 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1132 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1145 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1146 bindings.
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20065
1154 ;;;;;; 65310))
1155 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1157 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1158 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1159 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1160 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1161 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1162 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1164 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1165 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1166 archive.
1168 \\{archive-mode-map}
1170 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1172 ;;;***
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1175 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1177 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1178 Major mode for editing arrays.
1180 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1181 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1182 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1184 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1186 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1187 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1188 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1190 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1191 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1192 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1193 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1194 The variables are:
1196 Variables you assign:
1197 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1198 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1199 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1200 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1201 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1202 row numbers in the buffer.
1204 Variables which are calculated:
1205 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1206 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1208 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1209 take a numeric prefix argument):
1211 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1212 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1213 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1214 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1216 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1217 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1218 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1219 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1222 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1224 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1226 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1227 between that of point and mark.
1229 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1230 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1232 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1233 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1234 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1235 newlines inside rows)
1237 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1239 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1241 \(fn)" t nil)
1243 ;;;***
1245 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19914
1246 ;;;;;; 25180))
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1257 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1260 How to submit a bug report
1262 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1267 mouse-2
1268 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270 below).
1272 mouse-1
1273 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274 or pastes:
1276 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1279 to new point
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1296 lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Paste Paste Paste
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308 or diagonally.
1310 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1311 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1312 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314 poly-lines.
1316 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318 overwrite means the opposite.
1320 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1322 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1324 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1326 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1329 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331 are currently drawing something.
1333 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334 some time to fill.
1337 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1338 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1341 Settings
1343 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1345 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1347 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1349 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1351 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1354 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1357 Drawing with keys
1359 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1360 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364 When pasting: Pastes
1366 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1368 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1370 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1371 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1372 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1373 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1374 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1378 Arrows
1380 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381 of the line/poly-line
1383 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 Selecting operation
1389 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1391 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1395 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1398 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1404 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1410 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1413 Variables
1415 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1416 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1418 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1420 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1421 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1424 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1425 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1427 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1431 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1435 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1436 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1438 Hooks
1440 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1441 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1444 Keymap summary
1446 \\{artist-mode-map}
1448 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1450 ;;;***
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19890
1453 ;;;;;; 42850))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1456 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1457 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1458 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1460 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1465 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1466 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1468 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1469 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1471 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1473 Special commands:
1474 \\{asm-mode-map}
1476 \(fn)" t nil)
1478 ;;;***
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1481 ;;;;;; (20089 47591))
1482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1484 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1485 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1486 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1487 let-binding.")
1489 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1491 ;;;***
1493 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1494 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1495 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1497 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1498 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1499 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1501 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1503 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1504 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1505 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1506 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1507 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1508 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1509 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1510 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1511 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1512 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1514 For example:
1515 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1516 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1518 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1519 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1521 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1526 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1527 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1530 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1532 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1534 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1535 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1536 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1537 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1538 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1539 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1541 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1545 ;;;***
1547 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1551 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1552 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1554 \(fn)" t nil)
1556 ;;;***
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1559 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20065 65310))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1562 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1563 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1564 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1566 \(fn)" t nil)
1568 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1569 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1570 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1571 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1573 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1575 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1576 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1577 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1580 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1582 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1584 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1585 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1586 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1587 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1589 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1590 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1594 ;;;***
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1597 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1598 ;;;;;; (19924 47209))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1601 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1603 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1605 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1606 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1607 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1609 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1610 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1611 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1612 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1613 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1615 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1617 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1619 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1620 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1621 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1622 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1623 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1625 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1626 directory or directories specified.
1628 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1629 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1630 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1631 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1632 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1633 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1635 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1639 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1640 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1641 should be non-nil).
1643 \(fn)" nil nil)
1645 ;;;***
1647 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1648 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1649 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19878 51661))
1650 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1652 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1653 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1657 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1658 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1659 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1666 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1667 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1669 \(fn)" nil nil)
1671 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1673 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1675 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1676 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1677 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1678 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1679 reflected in the current buffer.
1681 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1682 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1683 writing before you save the file!
1685 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1689 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1690 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1692 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1693 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1695 \(fn)" nil nil)
1697 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1698 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1699 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1702 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1704 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1706 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1708 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1709 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1711 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1712 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1713 to revert a particular buffer.
1715 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1716 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1717 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1718 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1719 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1721 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1722 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1723 specifies in the mode line.
1725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1727 ;;;***
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1730 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1733 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1734 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1735 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1737 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1739 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1741 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1742 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1743 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1744 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1746 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1747 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1748 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1750 Effects of the different modes:
1751 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1752 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1753 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1754 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1755 a random distance & direction.
1756 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1757 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1758 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1760 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1762 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1763 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1764 definition of \"random distance\".)
1766 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1768 ;;;***
1770 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1771 ;;;;;; (20055 29424))
1772 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1773 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1775 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1776 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1777 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1778 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1780 \(fn)" t nil)
1782 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1783 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1784 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1787 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1789 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1791 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1792 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1793 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1794 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1795 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1796 seconds.
1798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1800 ;;;***
1802 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1803 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19981 40664))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1806 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1807 Time execution of FORMS.
1808 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1809 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1810 FORMS once.
1811 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1812 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1813 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1815 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1817 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1818 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1819 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1820 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1821 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1823 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1825 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1826 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1827 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1828 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1829 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1831 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1833 ;;;***
1835 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1836 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20081 53460))
1837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1839 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1840 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1841 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1842 of corresponding buffers.
1843 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1844 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1845 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1846 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1847 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1848 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1850 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1852 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1853 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1855 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1857 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1858 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1859 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1860 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1862 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1863 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1864 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1865 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1866 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1868 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1869 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1872 Special information:
1874 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1876 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1877 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1878 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1879 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1880 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1881 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1882 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1883 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1884 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1885 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1886 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1888 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1889 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1890 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1891 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1892 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1893 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1894 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1895 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1897 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1899 ----------------------------------------------------------
1900 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1901 if that value is non-nil.
1903 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1905 \(fn)" t nil)
1907 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1908 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1909 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1910 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1911 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1912 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1913 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1914 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1915 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1916 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1917 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1918 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1920 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1922 ;;;***
1924 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1925 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1928 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1929 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1931 \(fn)" t nil)
1933 ;;;***
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1936 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1937 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1940 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1942 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1943 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1944 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1946 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1948 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1949 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1951 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1954 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1956 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1958 ;;;***
1960 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1961 ;;;;;; 45374))
1962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1964 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1965 Play blackbox.
1966 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1968 What is blackbox?
1970 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1971 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1972 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1973 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1974 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1975 your score.
1977 Overview of play:
1979 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1980 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1981 four.
1983 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1984 movement keys.
1986 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1987 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1989 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1990 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1992 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1993 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1994 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1995 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1996 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1997 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1999 Details:
2001 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2003 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2004 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2005 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2006 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2008 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2009 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2010 denoted by the letter `R'.
2012 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2013 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2014 denoted by the letter `H'.
2016 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2017 example.
2019 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2020 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2021 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2022 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2023 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2024 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2025 ray.
2027 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2028 degree deflection it causes.
2031 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2032 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2033 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2034 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2035 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2036 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2037 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2038 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2041 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2042 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2045 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2046 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2047 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2048 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2049 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2050 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2051 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2052 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2054 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2055 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2056 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2057 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2058 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2059 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2060 emerging from the box.
2062 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2067 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2068 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2069 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2074 a reflection.
2076 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2078 ;;;***
2080 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2081 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2082 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2083 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2084 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20065 65310))
2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2086 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2087 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2088 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2090 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2091 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2092 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2093 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2094 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2095 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2096 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2098 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2099 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2100 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2102 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2103 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2104 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2105 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2106 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2107 recent one.
2109 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2110 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2111 yank successive words.
2113 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2114 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2115 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2116 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2117 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2119 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2120 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2121 the list of bookmarks.)
2123 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2125 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2126 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2127 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2128 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2129 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2130 this.
2132 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2133 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2134 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2135 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2137 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2138 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2140 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2141 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2142 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2144 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2147 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2149 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2151 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2152 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2154 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2155 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2156 after a bookmark was set in it.
2158 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2160 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2161 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2163 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2164 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2166 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2168 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2170 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2171 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2172 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2173 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2175 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2176 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2177 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2179 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2180 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2181 name.
2183 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2186 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2187 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2189 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2190 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2191 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2192 this.
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2197 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2199 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2200 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2201 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2202 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2203 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2204 probably because we were called from there.
2206 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2209 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2210 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2212 \(fn)" t nil)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2215 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2216 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2217 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2218 \(second argument).
2220 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2221 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2222 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2223 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2224 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2226 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2227 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2228 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2229 `bookmark-default-file'.
2231 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2234 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2235 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2236 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2237 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2238 while loading.
2240 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2241 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2242 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2243 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2244 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2245 explicitly.
2247 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2248 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2249 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2250 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2252 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2255 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2256 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2257 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2258 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2260 \(fn)" t nil)
2262 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2264 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2266 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2267 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2269 \(fn)" t nil)
2271 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2273 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2275 ;;;***
2277 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2278 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2279 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2280 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2281 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2282 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2283 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2284 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2285 ;;;;;; (20048 56149))
2286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2288 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2289 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2290 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2291 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2293 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2294 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2295 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2296 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2297 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2299 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2301 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2302 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2303 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2304 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2305 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2306 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2308 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2310 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2311 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2312 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2313 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2314 narrowed.
2316 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2318 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2319 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2321 \(fn)" t nil)
2323 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2326 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2328 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2329 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2330 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2331 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2332 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2333 first, if that exists.
2335 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2339 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2340 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2346 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2347 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2348 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2349 to use.
2351 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2369 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2370 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2388 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2389 new tab in an existing window instead.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2399 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2400 Firefox.
2402 When called interactively, if variable
2403 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2404 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2405 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2406 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2409 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2410 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2413 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2416 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2417 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2418 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2419 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2420 URL in a new window.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2427 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2429 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2430 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2431 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2432 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2435 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2436 new tab in an existing window instead.
2438 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2439 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2446 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2448 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2449 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2450 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2451 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2453 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2454 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2455 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2456 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2459 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2468 program is invoked according to the variable
2469 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2472 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2483 Default to the URL around or before point.
2485 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2486 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2487 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2491 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2492 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point.
2503 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2504 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2505 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2514 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2515 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2521 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2522 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2523 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2524 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2530 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2531 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2532 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2536 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2537 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2545 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2546 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2547 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2548 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2549 current one.
2551 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2552 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2553 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2563 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2564 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2565 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2566 don't offer a form of remote control.
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2572 Default to the URL around or before point.
2574 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2577 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2578 Default to the URL around the point.
2580 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2581 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2583 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2584 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2588 ;;;***
2590 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19845
2591 ;;;;;; 45374))
2592 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2594 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2595 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2597 \(fn)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2600 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2602 \(fn)" nil nil)
2604 ;;;***
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2607 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19998 49767))
2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2610 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2611 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2612 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2613 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2615 \(fn)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2618 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2619 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2620 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2622 \(fn)" t nil)
2624 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2625 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2627 \(fn)" t nil)
2629 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2630 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2631 \\<bs-mode-map>
2632 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2633 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2634 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2635 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2637 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2638 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2639 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2640 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2641 name of buffer configuration.
2643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2645 ;;;***
2647 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19889 21967))
2648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2650 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2651 Play Bubbles game.
2652 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2653 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2654 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2655 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2656 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2657 columns on its right towards the left.
2659 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2660 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2661 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2662 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2664 \(fn)" t nil)
2666 ;;;***
2668 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2669 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19890 42850))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2672 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2674 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2675 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2679 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2680 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2684 ;;;***
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2687 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2688 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2689 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2690 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20084 29660))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2692 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2693 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2694 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2696 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2698 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2699 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2700 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2701 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2702 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2703 else the global value will be modified.
2705 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2707 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2708 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2709 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2710 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2711 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2712 else the global value will be modified.
2714 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2716 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2717 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2718 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2720 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2722 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2723 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2724 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2725 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2727 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2728 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2729 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2730 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2731 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2732 before scanning it.
2734 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2735 that already has a `.elc' file.
2737 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2738 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2740 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2741 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2742 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2743 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2744 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2745 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2747 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2749 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2750 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2751 Print the result in the echo area.
2752 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2757 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2758 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2760 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2762 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2763 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2764 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2765 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2766 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2767 all functions called by those functions.
2769 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2770 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2771 cons, etc.).
2773 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2774 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2775 invoked interactively.
2777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2780 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2781 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2782 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2784 \(fn)" nil nil)
2786 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2788 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2789 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2790 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2791 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2792 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2793 already up-to-date.
2795 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2797 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2798 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2799 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2800 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2802 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2803 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2804 and corresponding effects.
2806 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2808 ;;;***
2810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19885
2811 ;;;;;; 24894))
2812 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2814 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2816 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2818 ;;;***
2820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19885 24894))
2821 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2823 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2825 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2827 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2829 ;;;***
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2832 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2835 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2836 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2837 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2838 from the cursor position.
2840 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2842 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2844 ;;;***
2846 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2847 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2848 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19943
2849 ;;;;;; 25429))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2851 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2853 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2854 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2858 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2859 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2861 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2863 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2864 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2866 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2868 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2869 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2871 \(fn)" t nil)
2873 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2874 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2875 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2876 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2878 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2880 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2882 This is most useful in the X window system.
2883 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2884 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2890 See calc-keypad for details.
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2895 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2897 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2900 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2902 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2904 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2905 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2907 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2910 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2911 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2913 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2916 Define Calc function.
2918 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2919 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2920 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2922 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2923 actual Lisp function name.
2925 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2927 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2929 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2931 ;;;***
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2934 ;;;;;; 45374))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2937 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2940 \(fn N)" t nil)
2942 ;;;***
2944 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19931
2945 ;;;;;; 11784))
2946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2948 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2949 Run the Emacs calculator.
2950 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2952 \(fn)" t nil)
2954 ;;;***
2956 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19956
2957 ;;;;;; 37456))
2958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2960 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2961 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2962 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2963 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2964 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2965 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2967 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2968 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2969 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2970 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2971 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2972 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2973 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2974 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2975 window.
2977 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2978 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2980 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2981 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2982 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2983 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2984 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2985 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2987 Runs the following hooks:
2989 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2990 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2991 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2992 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2994 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2998 ;;;***
3000 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3001 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
3002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3004 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3005 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3007 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3009 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3010 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3011 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3012 it fails.
3014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3016 ;;;***
3018 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3019 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3022 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3023 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3025 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3026 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3027 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3028 restriction to ASCII.
3030 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3032 capitalizedWorDD
3033 ^ ^ ^^
3035 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3036 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3037 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3039 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3040 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3041 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3042 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3043 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3044 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3045 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3047 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3048 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3052 ;;;***
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3055 ;;;;;; 45374))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3057 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3059 ;;;***
3061 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3062 ;;;;;; (20048 56149))
3063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3065 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3066 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3068 \(fn)" nil nil)
3070 ;;;***
3072 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3073 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3074 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (19981 40664))
3075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3077 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3078 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3080 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3081 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3083 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3084 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3086 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3088 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3089 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3090 made from scratch.
3092 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3095 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3097 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3098 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3099 made from scratch.
3101 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3104 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3106 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3108 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3109 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3110 made from scratch.
3112 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 made from scratch.
3132 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3137 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3138 variables are guessed:
3140 * `c-basic-offset', and
3141 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3142 `c-offsets-alist'.
3144 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3145 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3147 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3148 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3152 guess is made from scratch.
3154 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3155 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3157 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3160 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3161 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3162 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3164 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3165 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3166 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3168 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3170 ;;;***
3172 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3173 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3174 ;;;;;; (20073 59352))
3175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3177 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3178 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3179 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3180 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3181 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3182 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3183 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3185 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3187 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3188 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3189 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3190 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3191 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3192 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3193 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3194 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3200 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3201 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3202 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3203 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3205 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3207 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3208 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3210 Key bindings:
3211 \\{c-mode-map}
3213 \(fn)" t nil)
3215 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3216 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3218 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3219 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3220 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3221 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3222 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3223 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3224 message.
3226 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3228 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3229 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3231 Key bindings:
3232 \\{c++-mode-map}
3234 \(fn)" t nil)
3236 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3237 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3240 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3243 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{objc-mode-map}
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3258 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3259 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3260 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3262 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing Java code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3265 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 message.
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3275 Key bindings:
3276 \\{java-mode-map}
3278 \(fn)" t nil)
3280 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3281 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3284 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{idl-mode-map}
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3302 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3303 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3305 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3307 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3308 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3309 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3310 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3311 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3312 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3313 message.
3315 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3317 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3318 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3320 Key bindings:
3321 \\{pike-mode-map}
3323 \(fn)" t nil)
3324 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3325 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3326 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3327 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3329 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3331 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3332 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3333 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3334 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3335 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3336 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3343 Key bindings:
3344 \\{awk-mode-map}
3346 \(fn)" t nil)
3348 ;;;***
3350 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19981 40664))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3354 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3355 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3356 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3357 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3359 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3361 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3362 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3363 might get set too.
3365 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3366 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3367 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3368 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3369 way.
3371 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3372 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3373 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3374 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3375 a null operation.
3377 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3379 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3380 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3381 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3382 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3384 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3386 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3387 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3388 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3390 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3392 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3393 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3394 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3395 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3396 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3398 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3400 ;;;***
3402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19997 28887))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3404 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3405 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3406 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3408 ;;;***
3410 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3411 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3412 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3415 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3416 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3418 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3420 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3421 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3423 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3425 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3426 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3428 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3429 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3430 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3431 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3432 execution.
3434 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3436 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3438 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3441 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3442 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3444 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3446 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3447 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3448 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3449 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3450 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3451 `write' commands.
3453 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3454 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3455 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3456 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3458 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3459 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3460 semantics.
3462 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3464 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3466 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3468 STATEMENT :=
3469 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3470 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3472 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3473 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3474 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3475 | integer
3477 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3479 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3480 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3481 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3483 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3484 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3485 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3487 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3488 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3490 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3491 BREAK := (break)
3493 REPEAT :=
3494 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3495 (repeat)
3496 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3497 ;; (repeat))
3498 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3499 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3500 ;; (read REG)
3501 ;; (repeat))
3502 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3503 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3504 ;; (read REG)
3505 ;; (repeat))
3506 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3508 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3509 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3510 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3512 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3513 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3514 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3515 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3516 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3517 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3518 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3519 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3520 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3521 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3522 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3523 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3525 WRITE :=
3526 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3527 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3528 ;; representation.
3529 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3530 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3531 ;; (write r7))
3532 | (write EXPRESSION)
3533 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3534 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3535 ;; representation.
3536 | (write integer)
3537 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3538 ;; buffer.
3539 | (write string)
3540 ;; Same as: (write string)
3541 | string
3542 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3543 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3544 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3545 ;; representation.
3546 | (write REG ARRAY)
3547 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3548 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3549 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3550 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3551 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3552 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3554 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3555 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3557 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3558 END := (end)
3560 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3561 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3562 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3564 ARG := REG | integer
3566 OPERATOR :=
3567 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3568 + | - | * | / | %
3570 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3571 | & | `|' | ^
3573 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3574 | << | >>
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3578 | <8
3580 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3582 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3583 | >8
3585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3586 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3587 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3588 | //
3590 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3591 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3593 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3594 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3597 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3598 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3599 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3600 | de-sjis
3602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3603 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3604 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3606 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3607 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3608 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3609 ;; byte of SJIS.
3610 | en-sjis
3612 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3613 ;; Same meaning as C code
3614 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3616 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3617 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3618 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3619 | <8=
3621 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3622 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3623 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3625 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3627 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3628 | //=
3630 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3633 TRANSLATE :=
3634 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3635 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3636 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3637 LOOKUP :=
3638 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3639 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3640 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3641 MAP :=
3642 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3643 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3644 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3645 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3646 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3647 MAP-ID := integer
3649 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3651 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3653 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3654 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3655 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3656 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3658 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3660 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3662 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3663 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3664 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3666 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3668 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3670 ;;;***
3672 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3673 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3676 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3677 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3678 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3679 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3681 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3683 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3685 ;;;***
3687 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine-mode cfengine3-mode)
3688 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20096 20817))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3691 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3692 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3693 There are no special keybindings by default.
3695 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3696 to the action header.
3698 \(fn)" t nil)
3700 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3701 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3702 There are no special keybindings by default.
3704 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3705 to the action header.
3707 \(fn)" t nil)
3709 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3710 Choose between `cfengine-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3711 on the buffer contents
3713 \(fn)" nil nil)
3715 ;;;***
3717 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19906 31087))
3719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3721 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3722 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3723 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3725 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3727 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3728 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3729 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3731 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3733 ;;;***
3735 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3736 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3737 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3738 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3739 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3740 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3741 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3742 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3743 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19931 11784))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3745 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3746 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3747 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3748 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3749 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3751 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3754 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3757 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3758 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3759 the users will view as each check is completed.
3761 \(fn)" t nil)
3763 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3764 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3765 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3766 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3767 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3768 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3769 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3770 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3772 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3774 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3775 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3776 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3777 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3778 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3779 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3780 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3781 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3783 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3786 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3787 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3788 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3789 spacing are all verified.
3791 \(fn)" t nil)
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3794 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3795 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3796 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3797 otherwise stop after the first error.
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3802 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3803 Only documentation strings are checked.
3804 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3805 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3806 a separate buffer.
3808 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3811 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3812 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3813 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3814 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3816 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3819 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3820 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3821 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3822 if there is one.
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3827 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3828 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3829 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3830 if there is one.
3831 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3836 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3837 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3839 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3842 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3843 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3844 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3845 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3847 \(fn)" t nil)
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3850 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3851 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3852 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3853 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3854 space at the end of each line.
3856 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3858 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3859 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3860 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3866 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3867 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3868 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3870 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3873 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3874 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3875 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3880 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3881 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3882 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3884 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3887 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3888 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3889 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3891 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3895 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3896 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3898 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3902 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3903 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3905 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3908 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3909 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3910 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3912 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3915 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3916 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3919 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3921 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3922 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3923 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3924 turn it off.
3926 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3927 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3928 checking of documentation strings.
3930 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3934 ;;;***
3936 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3937 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3938 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3939 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3941 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3942 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3943 Return the length of resulting text.
3945 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3948 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3950 \(fn)" t nil)
3952 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3953 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3954 Return the length of resulting text.
3956 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3958 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3959 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3961 \(fn)" t nil)
3963 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3966 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3968 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3971 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3973 ;;;***
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3976 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3979 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3980 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3981 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3982 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3983 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3984 editing and the result is evaluated.
3986 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3989 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3990 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3991 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3992 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3994 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3998 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3999 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4000 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4001 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4002 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4004 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4005 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4006 \\{command-history-map}
4008 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4009 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4011 \(fn)" t nil)
4013 ;;;***
4015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19863 8742))
4016 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4018 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4019 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4020 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4021 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4022 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4023 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4025 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4026 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4028 ;;;***
4030 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4031 ;;;;;; (20079 11742))
4032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4034 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4035 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4036 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4037 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4038 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4039 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4040 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4041 of this function.
4043 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4044 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4045 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4046 property are:
4048 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4049 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4051 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4052 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4053 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4054 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4055 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4056 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4057 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4058 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4059 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4060 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4061 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4062 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4064 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4065 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4066 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4068 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4069 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4070 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4071 list elements are:
4073 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4075 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4077 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4079 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4080 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4082 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4083 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4085 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4086 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4087 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4088 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4089 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4090 value specified by their associated list element.
4092 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4094 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4095 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4096 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4098 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4099 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4100 * indent the first argument by 4.
4101 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4102 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4103 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4105 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4107 ;;;***
4109 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4110 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4113 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4114 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4115 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4116 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4118 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4119 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4120 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4121 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4123 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4124 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4126 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4128 ;;;***
4130 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20092
4131 ;;;;;; 23754))
4132 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4134 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4135 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4136 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4137 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4138 of `scheme-program-name').
4139 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4140 it is given as initial input.
4141 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4142 discards input when it starts up.
4143 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4144 is run).
4145 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4147 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4149 ;;;***
4151 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (19845 45374))
4152 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4154 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4155 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4156 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4157 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4159 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4160 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4162 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4163 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4164 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4166 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4168 ;;;***
4170 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4171 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4172 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4173 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4176 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4177 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4178 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4179 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4180 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4181 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4182 functions have already modified the buffer.
4184 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4186 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4187 either globally or locally.")
4189 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4190 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4191 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4192 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4193 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4194 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4195 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4196 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4197 process as its initial input.
4199 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4201 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4203 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4205 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4206 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4207 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4208 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4209 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4210 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4211 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4212 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4213 process as its initial input.
4215 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4217 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4219 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4221 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4222 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4223 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4224 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4225 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4226 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4228 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4230 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4231 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4232 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4233 directory tracking functions.")
4235 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4236 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4237 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4239 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4241 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4243 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4244 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4245 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4247 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4249 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4251 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4252 Send COMMAND to current process.
4253 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4254 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4256 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4258 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4259 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4260 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4261 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4263 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4265 ;;;***
4267 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4268 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4271 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4272 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4273 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4274 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4276 This command pushes the mark in each window
4277 at the prior location of point in that window.
4278 If both windows display the same buffer,
4279 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4280 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4282 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4283 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4284 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4285 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4286 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4287 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4288 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4289 ignored.
4291 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4292 this command work in interlaced mode:
4293 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4294 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4295 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4297 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4299 ;;;***
4301 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4302 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4303 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4304 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4305 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20076
4306 ;;;;;; 35541))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4309 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4310 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4312 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4314 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4315 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4316 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4317 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4318 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4319 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4320 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4322 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4324 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4325 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4327 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4329 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4330 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4331 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4332 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4333 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4335 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4336 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4337 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4338 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4339 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4341 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4342 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4343 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4344 describing how the process finished.")
4346 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4347 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4348 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4349 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4350 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4352 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4353 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4354 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4356 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4358 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4359 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4360 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4361 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4363 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4365 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4366 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4368 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4369 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4371 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4372 (lambda ()
4373 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4374 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4375 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4376 (concat \"make -k \"
4377 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4379 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4380 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4382 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4383 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4384 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4385 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4387 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4389 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4390 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4391 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4392 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4394 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4395 and move to the source code that caused it.
4397 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4398 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4400 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4401 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4402 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4403 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4405 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4406 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4407 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4408 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4410 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4411 kills its subprocesses.
4413 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4414 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4415 to a function that generates a unique name.
4417 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4419 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4420 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4421 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4422 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4424 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4425 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4427 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4428 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4429 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4430 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4432 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4433 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4434 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4436 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4438 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4440 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4441 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4442 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4443 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4444 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4446 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4448 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4450 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4452 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4453 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4454 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4455 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4456 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4457 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4458 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4462 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4463 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4464 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4465 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4466 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4467 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4471 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4472 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4473 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4475 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4477 ;;;***
4479 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4480 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4481 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4483 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4484 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4485 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4488 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4490 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4492 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4493 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4497 ;;;***
4499 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4500 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4501 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4502 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4505 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4506 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4507 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4508 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4509 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4510 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4511 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4513 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4514 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4515 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4517 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4518 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4519 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4521 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4522 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4523 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4524 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4526 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4527 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4528 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4529 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4530 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4531 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4532 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4534 \\{conf-mode-map}
4536 \(fn)" t nil)
4538 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4539 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4540 Comments start with `#'.
4541 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4543 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4545 \[Desktop Entry]
4546 Encoding=UTF-8
4547 Name=The GIMP
4548 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4549 Name[cs]=GIMP
4551 \(fn)" t nil)
4553 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4554 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4555 Comments start with `;'.
4556 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4558 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4560 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4561 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4562 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4564 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4565 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4567 \(fn)" t nil)
4569 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4570 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4571 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4572 between `/*' and `*/'.
4573 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4575 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4576 // another kind of comment
4577 /* yet another */
4579 name:value
4580 name=value
4581 name value
4582 x.1 =
4583 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4584 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4586 \(fn)" t nil)
4588 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4589 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4590 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4591 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4592 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4593 `conf-space-keywords'.
4594 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4595 in an interactive fashion instead.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4601 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4602 image/png png
4603 image/tiff tiff tif
4605 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4606 class desktop
4607 # Standard multimedia devices
4608 add /dev/audio desktop
4609 add /dev/mixer desktop
4611 \(fn)" t nil)
4613 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4614 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4615 See `conf-space-mode'.
4617 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4619 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4620 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4621 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4622 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4624 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4626 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4627 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4632 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4633 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4634 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4636 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4638 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4639 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4644 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4645 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4646 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4648 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4650 *background: gray99
4651 *foreground: black
4653 \(fn)" t nil)
4655 ;;;***
4657 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4658 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4659 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4661 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4662 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4663 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4664 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4666 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4668 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4669 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4670 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4671 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4673 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4675 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4676 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4677 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4678 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4680 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4682 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4683 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4685 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4687 ;;;***
4689 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4690 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4691 ;;;;;; 45374))
4692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4693 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4694 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4695 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4697 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4698 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4699 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4700 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4701 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4702 following the copyright are updated as well.
4703 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4704 interactively.
4706 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4709 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4710 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4711 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4712 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4714 \(fn)" t nil)
4716 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4717 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4719 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4721 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4722 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4723 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4725 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4727 ;;;***
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4730 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19997 56302))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4732 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4733 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4734 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4735 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4736 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4737 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4738 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4740 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4741 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4742 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4743 Tab indents for Perl code.
4744 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4745 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4747 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4748 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4749 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4750 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4751 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4752 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4753 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4754 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4755 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4756 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4757 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4758 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4760 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4762 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4763 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4765 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4767 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4768 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4769 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4770 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4771 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4772 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4773 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4774 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4775 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4777 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4779 bite if angry;
4781 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4782 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4783 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4784 to nil.)
4786 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4787 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4788 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4790 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4792 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4793 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4794 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4795 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4796 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4798 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4800 if (A) { B }
4802 into
4804 B if A;
4806 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4808 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4809 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4810 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4811 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4812 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4813 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4814 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4815 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4816 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4817 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4818 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4819 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4820 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4822 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4823 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4824 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4825 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4826 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4827 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4829 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4830 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4831 man via menu.
4833 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4834 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4835 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4836 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4837 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4839 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4840 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4841 span the needed amount of lines.
4843 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4844 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4845 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4846 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4848 Variables controlling indentation style:
4849 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4850 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4851 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4852 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4853 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4854 `cperl-auto-newline'
4855 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4856 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4857 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4858 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4859 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4860 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4861 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4862 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4863 `cperl-indent-level'
4864 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4865 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4866 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4867 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4868 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4869 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4870 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4871 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4872 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4873 `cperl-brace-offset'
4874 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4875 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4876 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4877 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4878 `cperl-label-offset'
4879 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4880 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4881 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4883 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4884 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4885 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4887 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4888 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4890 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4891 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4892 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4893 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4895 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4896 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4897 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4898 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4899 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4900 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4901 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4903 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4904 column 0 is indented on
4905 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4907 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4908 with no args.
4910 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4911 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4912 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4914 \(fn)" t nil)
4916 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4917 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4919 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4921 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4922 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4924 \(fn)" t nil)
4926 ;;;***
4928 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4929 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
4930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4932 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4933 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4934 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4935 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4936 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4940 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4941 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4943 \(fn)" t nil)
4945 ;;;***
4947 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4948 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4951 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4952 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4953 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4954 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4957 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4959 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4961 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4962 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4963 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4967 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4969 ;;;***
4971 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4972 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4975 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4976 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4977 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4978 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4980 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4981 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4982 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4983 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4985 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4986 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4987 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4989 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4990 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4991 'bob', and 'eve'.
4993 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4994 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4995 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4997 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4999 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5000 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5001 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5003 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5005 ;;;***
5007 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19978
5008 ;;;;;; 37530))
5009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5011 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5012 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5014 \(fn)" t nil)
5016 ;;;***
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5019 ;;;;;; (19894 39890))
5020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5022 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5023 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5024 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5026 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5027 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5029 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5031 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5032 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5033 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5034 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5035 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5037 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5038 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5039 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5040 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5041 function of these prefix keys.
5043 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5044 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5045 options:
5046 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5047 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5048 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5050 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5051 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5052 the prefix fallback behavior.
5054 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5055 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5056 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5057 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5061 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5062 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5064 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5066 ;;;***
5068 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5069 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5070 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5071 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5072 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5073 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5074 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5075 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5076 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5077 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5078 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20092 23754))
5079 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5081 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5082 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5084 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5086 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5087 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5089 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5091 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5092 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5094 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5096 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5097 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5099 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5100 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5102 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5103 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5105 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5107 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5109 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5110 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5111 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5113 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5114 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5116 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5117 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5120 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5122 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5124 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5126 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5127 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5128 Return VALUE.
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5131 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5133 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5134 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5137 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5139 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5141 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5143 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5144 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5145 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5146 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5148 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5149 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5150 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5152 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5154 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5155 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5156 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5157 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5158 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5160 \(fn)" t nil)
5162 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5163 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5164 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5165 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5167 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5169 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5170 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5171 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5173 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5175 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5176 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5178 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5180 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5182 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5183 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5185 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5187 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5189 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5190 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5191 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5193 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5195 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5196 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5197 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5198 as part of Emacs itself.
5200 Each elements looks like this:
5202 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5204 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5205 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5206 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5207 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5208 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5209 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5210 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5211 and `defface'.
5213 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5215 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5216 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5217 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5218 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5219 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5221 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5222 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5223 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5224 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5226 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5228 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5230 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5231 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5232 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5234 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5235 that were added or redefined since that version.
5237 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5239 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5241 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5242 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5244 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5246 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5247 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5249 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5251 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5253 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5255 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5256 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5258 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5260 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5263 \(fn)" t nil)
5265 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5268 \(fn)" t nil)
5270 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5271 Customize all already saved user options.
5273 \(fn)" t nil)
5275 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5276 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5277 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5278 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5279 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5280 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5282 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5283 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5284 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5285 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5286 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5287 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5289 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5291 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5293 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5294 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5296 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5301 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5306 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5308 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5309 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5310 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5311 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5312 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5313 that option.
5315 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5317 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5318 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5319 The result includes selecting that window.
5320 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5321 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5322 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5323 that option.
5325 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5327 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5328 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5330 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5332 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5333 File used for storing customization information.
5334 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5335 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5336 it should be an absolute file name.
5338 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5339 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5340 something like the following in your init file:
5342 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5343 \(load custom-file)
5345 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5346 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5348 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5349 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5350 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5351 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5352 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5354 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5355 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5356 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5357 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5358 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5359 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5360 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5361 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5362 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5363 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5365 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5367 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5368 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5370 \(fn)" nil nil)
5372 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5373 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5375 \(fn)" t nil)
5377 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5378 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5379 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5381 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5383 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5384 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5385 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5386 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5387 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5389 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5391 ;;;***
5393 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5394 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20059
5395 ;;;;;; 26455))
5396 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5398 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5399 Create or edit a custom theme.
5400 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5401 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5402 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5403 named *Custom Theme*.
5405 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5407 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5408 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5410 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5412 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5413 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5415 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5417 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5418 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5419 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5420 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5422 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5424 ;;;***
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5427 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5430 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5431 Mode used for cvs status output.
5433 \(fn)" t nil)
5435 ;;;***
5437 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5438 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19845 45374))
5439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5441 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5442 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5444 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5446 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5447 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5448 C++ modes are included.
5450 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5454 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5455 Turn on CWarn mode.
5457 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5458 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5460 \(fn)" nil nil)
5462 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5463 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5464 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5466 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5467 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5469 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5471 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5472 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5473 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5474 ARG is positive.
5475 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5476 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5477 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5481 ;;;***
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5484 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5485 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5486 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5488 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5489 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5491 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5493 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5494 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5496 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5498 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5499 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5500 For readability, the table is slightly
5501 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5503 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5504 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5505 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5506 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5507 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5509 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5511 ;;;***
5513 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5514 ;;;;;; (19989 34789))
5515 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5516 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5517 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5518 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5519 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5521 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5522 Completion on current word.
5523 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5524 and presents suggestions for completion.
5526 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5527 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5528 completions.
5530 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5531 then it searches *all* buffers.
5533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5535 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5536 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5538 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5539 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5540 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5541 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5542 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5544 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5545 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5547 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5548 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5549 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5551 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5552 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5554 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5558 ;;;***
5560 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5561 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5564 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5565 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5567 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5569 ;;;***
5571 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20096
5572 ;;;;;; 20817))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5575 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5576 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5577 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5578 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5579 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5581 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5583 ;;;***
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19890
5586 ;;;;;; 42850))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5589 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5590 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5592 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5593 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5594 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5596 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5597 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5598 Data lines are not indented.
5600 Key bindings:
5602 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5603 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5605 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5606 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5607 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5608 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5610 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5612 dcl-basic-offset
5613 Extra indentation within blocks.
5615 dcl-continuation-offset
5616 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5618 dcl-margin-offset
5619 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5621 dcl-margin-label-offset
5622 Indentation for a label.
5624 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5625 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5627 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5628 dcl-block-end-regexp
5629 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5630 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5631 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5632 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5633 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5635 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5636 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5637 Two such functions are included in the package:
5638 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5639 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5641 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5642 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5643 One such function is included in the package:
5644 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5646 dcl-tab-always-indent
5647 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5648 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5649 margin.
5651 dcl-electric-characters
5652 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5653 typed.
5655 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5656 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5657 which words trigger electric indentation.
5659 dcl-tempo-comma
5660 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5661 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5662 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5664 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5665 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5666 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5667 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5669 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5670 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5671 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5672 dcl-imenu-label-call
5673 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5675 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5676 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5677 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5678 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5681 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5683 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5684 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5685 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5686 $ i = 1
5687 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5688 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5689 $ label:
5690 $ if i.eq.1
5691 $ then
5692 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5693 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5694 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5695 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5696 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5697 \"lined up with the command line\"
5698 $ type sys$input
5699 Data lines are not indented at all.
5700 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5701 $ endif
5705 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5706 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5708 \(fn)" t nil)
5710 ;;;***
5712 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5713 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20098 62550))
5714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5716 (setq debugger 'debug)
5718 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5719 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5720 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5721 of the evaluator.
5723 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5724 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5725 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5727 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5729 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5730 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5732 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5734 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5735 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5736 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5737 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5738 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5739 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5741 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5742 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5744 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5746 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5747 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5748 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5749 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5750 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5752 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5754 ;;;***
5756 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5757 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
5758 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5760 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5761 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5763 \(fn)" t nil)
5765 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5766 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5767 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5768 Upper-case letters are commands.
5770 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5771 modify it.
5773 The most useful commands are:
5774 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5775 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5776 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5777 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5778 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5779 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5781 \(fn)" t nil)
5783 ;;;***
5785 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5786 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19886
5787 ;;;;;; 45771))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5790 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5791 Customization of `columns' group.
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5795 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5796 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5798 START and END delimits the text region.
5800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5802 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5803 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5805 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5807 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5809 ;;;***
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19965
5812 ;;;;;; 52428))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5815 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5816 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5817 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5818 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5819 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5820 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5821 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5823 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5825 Customization:
5827 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5828 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5829 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5830 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5831 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5832 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5833 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5834 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5835 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5836 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5837 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5838 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5839 blank line.
5840 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5841 Directories to search when finding external units.
5842 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5843 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5845 Coloring:
5847 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5848 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5849 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5850 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5851 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5852 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5853 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5854 Face used to color everything else.
5856 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5857 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5859 \(fn)" t nil)
5861 ;;;***
5863 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19845
5864 ;;;;;; 45374))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5867 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5869 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5870 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5871 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5874 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5876 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5878 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5879 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5880 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5881 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5883 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5884 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5885 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5886 any selection.
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5890 ;;;***
5892 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5893 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20054 8529))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5896 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5897 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5899 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5901 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5902 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5903 or nil if there is no parent.
5904 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5905 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5906 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5907 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5908 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5910 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5911 arguments are currently understood:
5912 :group GROUP
5913 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5914 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5915 :syntax-table TABLE
5916 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5917 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5918 :abbrev-table TABLE
5919 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5920 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5922 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5924 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5926 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5927 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5928 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5930 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5931 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5933 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5934 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5935 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5937 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5938 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5940 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5941 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5943 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5945 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5947 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5949 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5950 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5951 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5952 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5953 the first time the mode is used.
5955 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5957 ;;;***
5959 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5960 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20100 17869))
5961 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5963 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5964 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5965 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5966 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5967 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5968 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5969 otherwise.
5971 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5973 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5974 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5975 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5976 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5977 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5978 character composition information (if relevant),
5979 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5981 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5983 ;;;***
5985 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5986 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5987 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5988 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19886 45771))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5991 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5992 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5993 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5995 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5997 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5998 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5999 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6000 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6001 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6002 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6006 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6007 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6008 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6009 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6011 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6013 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6014 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6015 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6017 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6018 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6019 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6021 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6022 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6024 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6025 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6026 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6028 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6029 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6030 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6031 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6033 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6035 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6036 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6038 Handlers are called with argument list
6040 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6042 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6044 desktop-file-version
6045 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6046 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6047 desktop-buffer-point
6048 desktop-buffer-mark
6049 desktop-buffer-read-only
6050 desktop-buffer-locals
6052 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6053 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6055 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6056 code like
6058 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6060 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6061 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6063 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6065 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6067 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6068 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6069 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6070 List elements must have the form
6072 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6074 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6075 function.
6077 Handlers are called with argument list
6079 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6081 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6083 desktop-file-version
6084 desktop-buffer-file-name
6085 desktop-buffer-name
6086 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6087 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6088 desktop-buffer-point
6089 desktop-buffer-mark
6090 desktop-buffer-read-only
6091 desktop-buffer-misc
6093 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6094 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6095 created and set.
6097 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6098 code like
6100 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6102 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6103 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6105 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6107 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6109 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6111 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6112 Empty the Desktop.
6113 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6114 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6115 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6117 \(fn)" t nil)
6119 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6120 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6121 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6122 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6123 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6125 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6128 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6129 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6131 \(fn)" t nil)
6133 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6134 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6135 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6136 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6137 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6138 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6139 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6140 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6142 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6144 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6145 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6146 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6148 \(fn)" nil nil)
6150 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6151 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6152 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6153 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6154 directory DIRNAME.
6156 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6158 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6159 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6161 \(fn)" t nil)
6163 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6164 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6166 \(fn)" t nil)
6168 ;;;***
6170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6171 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6172 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6175 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6176 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6177 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6178 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6179 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6180 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6182 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6184 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6185 Repair a broken attribution line.
6186 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6188 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6190 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6191 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6192 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6193 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6195 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6197 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6198 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6200 \(fn)" t nil)
6202 ;;;***
6204 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6205 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19975 1875))
6206 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6208 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6209 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6210 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6211 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6212 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6216 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6217 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6218 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6219 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6221 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6222 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6223 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6224 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6226 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6227 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6229 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6230 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6231 calendar-date-style 'european
6232 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6234 \(diary-mail-entries)
6236 # diary-rem.el ends here
6238 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6240 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6241 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6245 ;;;***
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6248 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19999 41597))
6249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6251 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6252 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6254 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6256 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6257 The command to use to run diff.")
6259 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6261 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6262 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6263 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6264 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6265 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6266 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6268 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6269 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6270 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6272 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6274 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6275 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6276 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6277 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6278 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6279 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6281 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6283 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6284 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6285 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6287 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6289 ;;;***
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6292 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6295 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6296 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6297 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6298 normal diffs.
6300 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6301 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6302 headers for you on-the-fly.
6304 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6305 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6306 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6308 \\{diff-mode-map}
6310 \(fn)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6313 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6314 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6318 ;;;***
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6323 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6324 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6325 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6327 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6329 ;;;***
6331 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6332 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20087 5852))
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6335 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6336 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6337 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6338 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6339 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6340 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6341 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6342 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6344 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6346 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6347 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6348 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6349 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6350 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6351 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6353 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6354 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6355 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6356 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6357 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6358 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6359 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6360 list of files to make directory entries for.
6361 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6362 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6363 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6365 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6367 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6368 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6370 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6371 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6373 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6374 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6376 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6377 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6379 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6381 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6382 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6384 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6386 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6387 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6388 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6389 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6390 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6391 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6392 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6393 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6394 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6395 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6396 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6397 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6398 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6399 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6400 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6401 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6402 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6403 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6404 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6405 to see why something went wrong.
6406 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6407 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6408 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6409 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6410 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6411 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6412 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6413 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6414 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6415 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6416 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6417 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6418 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6420 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6421 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6422 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6423 again for the directory tree.
6425 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6426 for more info):
6428 `dired-listing-switches'
6429 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6430 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6431 `dired-marker-char'
6432 `dired-del-marker'
6433 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6434 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6435 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6436 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6438 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6440 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6441 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6442 `dired-mode-hook'
6443 `dired-load-hook'
6445 Keybindings:
6446 \\{dired-mode-map}
6448 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6449 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6451 ;;;***
6453 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6454 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
6455 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6457 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6458 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6459 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6460 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6461 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6462 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6463 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6467 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6468 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6469 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6471 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6473 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6474 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6476 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6478 ;;;***
6480 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19931
6481 ;;;;;; 11784))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6484 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6485 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6486 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6487 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6488 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6489 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6491 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6493 ;;;***
6495 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6496 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6497 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6498 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6499 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6500 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19984 16846))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6503 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6504 Return a new, empty display table.
6506 \(fn)" nil nil)
6508 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6509 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6510 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6511 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6512 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6514 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6516 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6517 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6518 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6519 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6520 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6522 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6524 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6525 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6527 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6529 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6530 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6532 \(fn)" t nil)
6534 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6535 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6537 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6538 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6540 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6541 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6542 byte.
6544 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6545 in the default way after this call.
6547 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6550 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6552 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6554 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6555 Display character C using printable string S.
6557 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6559 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6560 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6561 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6562 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6564 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6566 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6567 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6568 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6569 X frame.
6571 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6573 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6574 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6576 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6578 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6579 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6581 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6583 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6584 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6586 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6588 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6589 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6591 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6593 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6594 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6596 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6599 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6601 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6602 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6604 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6605 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6607 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6608 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6609 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6610 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6612 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6613 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6614 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6615 in `.emacs'.
6617 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6619 ;;;***
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6622 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6623 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6625 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6626 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6627 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6628 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6629 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6630 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6631 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6632 Default is 2.
6634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6636 ;;;***
6638 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19886 45771))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6641 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6642 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6643 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6644 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6645 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6646 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6647 private or ask).
6648 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6649 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6650 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6651 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6652 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6654 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6656 ;;;***
6658 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6659 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6662 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6663 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6664 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6665 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6666 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6667 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6668 table and its own syntax table.
6670 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6672 \(fn)" t nil)
6673 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6675 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6676 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6678 \(fn)" t nil)
6680 ;;;***
6682 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6683 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20002
6684 ;;;;;; 46800))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6687 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6688 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6689 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6690 OpenDocument format).
6692 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6694 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6695 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6697 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6698 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6700 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6701 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6702 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6704 \(fn)" t nil)
6706 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6707 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6708 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6709 to the next best mode.
6711 \(fn)" nil nil)
6713 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6714 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6715 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6716 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6723 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6725 ;;;***
6727 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20077 56412))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6730 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6731 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6733 \(fn)" t nil)
6735 ;;;***
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19845 45374))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6740 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6741 Toggle Double mode.
6742 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6743 turn it off.
6745 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6746 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750 ;;;***
6752 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6755 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6756 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 ;;;***
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6763 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19845 45374))
6765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6767 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6769 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6770 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6771 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6772 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6774 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6775 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6776 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6777 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6778 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6779 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6780 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6782 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6783 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6784 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6785 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6786 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6787 mode is global):
6789 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6790 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6791 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6792 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6793 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6794 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6795 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6796 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6797 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6798 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6799 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6800 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6801 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6802 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6803 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6804 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6805 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6807 For example, you could write
6808 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6809 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6810 ...BODY CODE...)
6812 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6814 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6816 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6818 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6819 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6820 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6821 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6822 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6823 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6824 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6825 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6826 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6827 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6828 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6829 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6831 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6832 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6833 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6834 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6835 call another major mode in their body.
6837 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6839 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6840 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6841 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6842 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6843 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6844 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6845 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6847 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6849 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6850 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6851 :inherit Parent keymap.
6852 :group Ignored.
6853 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6854 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6856 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6859 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6860 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6861 the constant's documentation.
6863 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6865 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6866 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6867 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6869 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6871 ;;;***
6873 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6874 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6875 ;;;;;; 45374))
6876 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6878 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6879 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6881 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6882 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6883 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6885 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6886 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6888 :filter FUNCTION
6890 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6891 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6893 :visible INCLUDE
6895 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6896 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6898 :active ENABLE
6900 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6901 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6903 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6905 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6907 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6909 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6910 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6912 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6913 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6915 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6917 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6919 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6921 :keys KEYS
6923 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6924 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6925 computed automatically.
6926 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6928 :key-sequence KEYS
6930 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6931 menu item.
6932 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6933 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6934 keyboard equivalent.
6936 :active ENABLE
6938 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6939 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6941 :visible INCLUDE
6943 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6944 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6946 :label FORM
6948 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6949 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6951 :suffix FORM
6953 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6954 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6956 :style STYLE
6958 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6959 defined:
6961 toggle: A checkbox.
6962 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6963 radio: A radio button.
6964 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6965 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6966 menu bar itself.
6967 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6969 :selected SELECTED
6971 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6972 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6974 :help HELP
6976 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6978 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6979 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6980 as a solid horizontal line.
6982 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6984 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6986 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6988 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6991 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6993 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6994 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6995 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6996 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6998 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7000 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7001 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7002 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7003 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7004 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7005 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7007 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7008 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7009 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7011 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7012 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7013 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7015 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7016 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7018 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7020 ;;;***
7022 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7023 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7024 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7025 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7026 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7027 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7028 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7029 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19845 45374))
7030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7032 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7033 Customization for ebnf group.
7035 \(fn)" t nil)
7037 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7040 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7042 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7043 processed.
7045 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7047 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7049 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7050 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7052 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7053 killed after process termination.
7055 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7057 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7059 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7060 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7062 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7063 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7064 it to the printer.
7066 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7067 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7068 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7069 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7071 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7075 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7077 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7082 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7084 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7085 processed.
7087 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7089 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7091 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7092 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7094 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7095 killed after process termination.
7097 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7099 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7101 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7102 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7103 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7104 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7106 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7108 \(fn)" t nil)
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7112 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7114 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7116 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7121 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7123 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7124 processed.
7126 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7128 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7130 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7131 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7133 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7134 killed after EPS generation.
7136 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7138 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7140 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7141 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7143 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7144 The EPS file name has the following form:
7146 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7148 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7149 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7151 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7152 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7153 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7154 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7155 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7157 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7158 files.
7160 \(fn)" t nil)
7162 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7163 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7165 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7166 The EPS file name has the following form:
7168 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7170 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7171 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7173 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7174 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7175 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7176 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7177 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7179 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7180 files.
7182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7184 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7186 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7187 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7189 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7191 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7192 are processed.
7194 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7196 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7201 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7202 killed after syntax checking.
7204 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7206 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7208 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7209 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7211 \(fn)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7221 \(fn)" nil nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7228 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7233 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7235 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Delete style NAME.
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7242 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7247 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7249 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Set STYLE as the current style.
7254 Returns the old style symbol.
7256 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7258 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Reset current style.
7263 Returns the old style symbol.
7265 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7267 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7269 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7270 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7272 Returns the old style symbol.
7274 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7276 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7278 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7280 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7281 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7283 Returns the old style symbol.
7285 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7287 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7289 \(fn)" t nil)
7291 ;;;***
7293 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7297 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7298 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7299 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7300 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7301 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7302 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7303 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19890
7304 ;;;;;; 42850))
7305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7307 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7308 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7309 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7310 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7311 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7312 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7314 Tree mode key bindings:
7315 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7317 \(fn)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7320 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7322 \(fn)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7325 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7327 \(fn)" t nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7330 View declaration of member at point.
7332 \(fn)" t nil)
7334 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7335 Find declaration of member at point.
7337 \(fn)" t nil)
7339 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7340 View definition of member at point.
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7344 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7345 Find definition of member at point.
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7350 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7355 View definition of member at point in other window.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7360 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7365 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7370 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7380 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7381 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7382 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7383 completion.
7385 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7388 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7389 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7390 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7392 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7395 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7396 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7397 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7399 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7401 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7402 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7403 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7405 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7408 Search for call sites of a member.
7409 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7410 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7411 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7412 looks like a function call to the member.
7414 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7417 Move backward in the position stack.
7418 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7420 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7423 Move forward in the position stack.
7424 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7429 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7434 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7439 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7440 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7441 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7443 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7446 Display statistics for a class tree.
7448 \(fn)" t nil)
7450 ;;;***
7452 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7453 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7456 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7457 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7458 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7459 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7461 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7462 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7463 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7465 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7466 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7467 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7469 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7471 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7475 ;;;***
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7478 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19886 45771))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7481 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7482 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7483 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7485 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7487 ;;;***
7489 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7490 ;;;;;; (20091 2935))
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7493 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7496 \(fn)" nil nil)
7498 ;;;***
7500 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19914 25180))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7503 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7504 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7505 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7508 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7510 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7512 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7513 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7514 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7515 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7517 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7518 an EDE controlled project.
7520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7522 ;;;***
7524 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7525 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7526 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20050 11479))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7529 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7530 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7531 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7532 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7533 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7535 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7536 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7537 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7538 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7540 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7542 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7543 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7544 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7545 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7547 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7549 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7550 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7551 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7552 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7554 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7556 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7558 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7559 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7560 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7561 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7562 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7564 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7565 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7566 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7567 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7568 instrumented for Edebug.
7570 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7571 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7572 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7573 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7574 already is one.)
7576 \(fn)" t nil)
7578 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7579 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7581 \(fn)" t nil)
7583 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7584 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7586 \(fn)" t nil)
7588 ;;;***
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7591 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7592 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7593 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7594 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7595 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7596 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7597 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7598 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7599 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19996 8027))
7600 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7602 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7603 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7605 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7607 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7608 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7610 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7612 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7614 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7616 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7617 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7618 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7619 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7623 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7625 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7626 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7628 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7630 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7633 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7635 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7637 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7640 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7642 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7644 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7645 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7646 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7647 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7649 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7651 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7653 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7660 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7662 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7663 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7664 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7665 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7667 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7669 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7671 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7672 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7673 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7674 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7676 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7678 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7680 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7681 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7682 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7683 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7684 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7685 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7687 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7689 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7690 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7691 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7692 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7694 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7696 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7698 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7699 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7700 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7701 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7703 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7705 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7707 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7709 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7710 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7711 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7712 follows:
7713 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7714 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7716 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7718 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7719 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7720 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7721 follows:
7722 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7723 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7725 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7728 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7729 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7730 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7731 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7733 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7735 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7736 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7737 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7738 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7739 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7740 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7742 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7744 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7746 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7747 Merge two files without ancestor.
7749 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7752 Merge two files with ancestor.
7754 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7756 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7759 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7764 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7766 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7768 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7770 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7771 buffer.
7773 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7777 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7778 buffer.
7780 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7783 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7784 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7785 and don't ask the user.
7786 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7787 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7789 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7793 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7794 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7795 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7796 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7797 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7798 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7800 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7802 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7804 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7808 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7809 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7810 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7812 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7817 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7818 When called interactively, displays the version.
7820 \(fn)" t nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7823 Display Ediff's manual.
7824 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7826 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7828 ;;;***
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7831 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7834 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7837 \(fn)" t nil)
7839 ;;;***
7841 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7842 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7845 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7846 Display Ediff's registry.
7848 \(fn)" t nil)
7850 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7852 ;;;***
7854 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7855 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19981 40664))
7856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7858 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7859 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7860 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7861 which see.
7863 \(fn)" t nil)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7866 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7867 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7868 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7870 \(fn)" t nil)
7872 ;;;***
7874 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7875 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7876 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7879 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7880 Edit a keyboard macro.
7881 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7882 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7883 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7884 its command name.
7885 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7887 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7889 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7890 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7892 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7894 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7895 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7897 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7900 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7901 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7902 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7903 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7904 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7906 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7907 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7908 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7909 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7911 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7913 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7914 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7915 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7916 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7917 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7918 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7920 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7922 ;;;***
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7925 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19845 45374))
7926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7928 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7929 Set scroll margins.
7930 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7931 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7933 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7935 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7936 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7938 \(fn)" t nil)
7940 ;;;***
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7943 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7946 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7947 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7948 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7949 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7950 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7951 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7952 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7954 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7955 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7957 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7958 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7959 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7960 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7962 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7963 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7964 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7966 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7967 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7968 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7970 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7972 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7975 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7977 ;;;***
7979 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7980 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19845 45374))
7981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7983 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7984 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7986 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7988 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7989 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7990 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7991 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7992 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7993 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7994 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7996 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8000 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8001 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8003 \(fn)" t nil)
8005 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8006 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8007 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8008 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8009 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8010 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8011 arg list.
8013 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8014 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8015 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8016 effect.
8018 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8019 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8021 ;;;***
8023 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8024 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19886 45771))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8027 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8028 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8030 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8031 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8032 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8035 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8037 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8039 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8040 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
8041 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
8043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8045 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8046 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8047 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8050 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8052 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8054 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8055 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
8057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8059 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8060 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8061 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8064 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8066 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8068 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8069 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8073 ;;;***
8075 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
8076 ;;;;;; 45374))
8077 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8079 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8080 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8082 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8083 an elided material again.
8085 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8089 ;;;***
8091 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8092 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8093 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8096 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8097 Lint the file FILE.
8099 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8101 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8102 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8103 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8105 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8107 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8108 Lint the current buffer.
8109 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8111 \(fn)" t nil)
8113 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8114 Lint the function at point.
8115 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8117 \(fn)" t nil)
8119 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8120 Initialize elint.
8121 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8122 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8124 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8126 ;;;***
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8129 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19981
8130 ;;;;;; 40664))
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8133 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8134 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8135 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8137 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8139 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8140 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8141 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8142 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8144 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8146 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8147 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8148 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8150 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8152 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8155 Display current profiling results.
8156 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8157 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8158 displayed.
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8162 ;;;***
8164 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8165 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
8166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8168 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8169 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8171 With \\[universal-argument], ask for the locking mode to be used.
8172 With other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8174 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it defaults
8175 to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see); afterwards, the locking
8176 mode most recently set on the buffer is used instead.
8178 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8180 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8181 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8182 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8184 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8188 ;;;***
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8191 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20093 44623))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8194 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8195 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8196 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8198 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8200 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8201 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8202 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8204 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8206 ;;;***
8208 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8209 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8210 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8211 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8212 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19845 45374))
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8215 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8216 Run Emerge on two files.
8218 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8220 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8221 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8223 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8226 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8228 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8230 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8231 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8233 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8235 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8238 \(fn)" nil nil)
8240 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8243 \(fn)" nil nil)
8245 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8248 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8250 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8253 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8255 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8256 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8258 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8261 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8263 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8265 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8268 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8270 ;;;***
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8273 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8276 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8277 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8278 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8279 text/enriched format.
8280 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8282 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8283 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8285 Commands:
8287 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8294 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8296 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8299 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8301 ;;;***
8303 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8304 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8305 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8306 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8307 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8308 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20087
8309 ;;;;;; 5852))
8310 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8312 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8313 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8315 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8318 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8320 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8323 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8324 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8325 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8326 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8327 the keys are listed.
8328 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8330 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8332 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8333 Decrypt FILE.
8335 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8337 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8338 Verify FILE.
8340 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8342 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8343 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8345 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8347 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8348 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8350 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8352 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8353 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8355 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8356 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8357 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8358 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8360 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8361 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8362 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8363 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8364 should consider using the string based counterpart
8365 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8366 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8368 For example:
8370 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8371 (decode-coding-string
8372 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8373 'utf-8))
8375 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8378 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8380 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8381 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8383 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8385 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8386 Verify the current region between START and END.
8388 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8389 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8390 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8391 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8392 should consider using the string based counterpart
8393 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8394 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8396 For example:
8398 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8399 (decode-coding-string
8400 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8401 'utf-8))
8403 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8405 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8406 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8407 between START and END.
8409 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8410 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8412 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8414 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8415 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8419 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8420 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8421 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8422 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8424 For example:
8426 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8427 (epg-sign-string
8428 context
8429 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8431 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8433 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8434 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8436 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8437 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8438 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8439 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8440 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8441 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8443 For example:
8445 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8446 (epg-encrypt-string
8447 context
8448 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8449 nil))
8451 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8453 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8454 Delete selected KEYS.
8456 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8459 Import keys from FILE.
8461 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8464 Import keys from the region.
8466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8468 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8469 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8470 between START and END.
8472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8474 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8475 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8477 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8480 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8482 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8484 ;;;***
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8487 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8488 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8490 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8491 Decrypt marked files.
8493 \(fn)" t nil)
8495 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8496 Verify marked files.
8498 \(fn)" t nil)
8500 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8501 Sign marked files.
8503 \(fn)" t nil)
8505 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8506 Encrypt marked files.
8508 \(fn)" t nil)
8510 ;;;***
8512 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8513 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20038 20303))
8514 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8516 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8519 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8521 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8524 \(fn)" t nil)
8526 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8529 \(fn)" t nil)
8531 ;;;***
8533 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8534 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8535 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20043 38232))
8536 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8538 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8539 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8543 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8544 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8545 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8547 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8549 \(fn)" t nil)
8551 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8552 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8553 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8555 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8560 Sign the current buffer.
8561 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8565 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8567 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8568 Encrypt the current buffer.
8569 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8571 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8573 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8575 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8576 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8577 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8579 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8583 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8584 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8585 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8588 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8590 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8592 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8593 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8597 ;;;***
8599 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20031 47065))
8600 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8602 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8603 Return a context object.
8605 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8607 ;;;***
8609 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8610 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8613 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8614 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8616 \(fn)" nil nil)
8618 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8619 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8621 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8623 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8624 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8626 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8628 ;;;***
8630 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8631 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19986 58615))
8632 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8634 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8635 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8637 \(fn)" nil nil)
8639 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8640 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8641 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8643 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8645 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8646 (server (erc-compute-server))
8647 (port (erc-compute-port))
8648 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8649 password
8650 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8652 That is, if called with
8654 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8656 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8657 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8658 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8660 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8662 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8664 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8665 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8666 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8667 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8669 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8671 ;;;***
8673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19845
8674 ;;;;;; 45374))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8678 ;;;***
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20093 44623))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8682 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8684 ;;;***
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8688 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8690 ;;;***
8692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8693 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8694 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8696 ;;;***
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8699 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19895 48172))
8700 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8701 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8703 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8704 Parser for /dcc command.
8705 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8706 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8707 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8709 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8711 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8712 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8714 \(fn)" nil nil)
8716 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8717 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8719 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8720 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8721 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8722 that subcommand.
8724 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8726 ;;;***
8728 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8729 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8730 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8731 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8732 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8735 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8736 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8738 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8740 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8741 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8742 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8743 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8745 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8747 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8750 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8752 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8753 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8755 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8757 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8758 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8760 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8762 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8763 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8765 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8767 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8768 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8770 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8772 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8773 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8775 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8777 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8778 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8780 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8782 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8783 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8785 \(fn)" nil nil)
8787 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8788 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8790 \(fn)" nil nil)
8792 ;;;***
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19845
8795 ;;;;;; 45374))
8796 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8797 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8799 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8800 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8801 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8803 \(fn)" nil nil)
8805 ;;;***
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8808 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8809 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8810 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8812 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8813 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8814 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8815 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8816 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8817 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8818 system.
8820 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8822 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8825 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8827 ;;;***
8829 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8830 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8833 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8836 \(fn)" nil nil)
8838 ;;;***
8840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8842 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8848 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8850 ;;;***
8852 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8853 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19845 45374))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8855 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8857 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8858 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8859 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8860 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8861 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8862 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8864 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8866 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8867 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8868 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8869 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8871 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8872 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8873 automatically.
8875 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8876 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8878 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8880 ;;;***
8882 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8883 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8884 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8885 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8889 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8890 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8892 \(fn)" t nil)
8894 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8895 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8897 \(fn)" t nil)
8899 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8900 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8904 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8905 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8907 \(fn)" t nil)
8909 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8910 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8912 \(fn)" t nil)
8914 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8915 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8917 \(fn)" t nil)
8919 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8920 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8922 \(fn)" t nil)
8924 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8925 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8927 \(fn)" t nil)
8929 ;;;***
8931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
8932 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8933 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8935 ;;;***
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8940 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8942 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8943 Show who's gone.
8945 \(fn)" nil nil)
8947 ;;;***
8949 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8950 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8953 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8954 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8955 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8956 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8958 \(fn)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8961 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8963 \(fn)" t nil)
8965 ;;;***
8967 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8968 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19845 45374))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8972 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8973 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8974 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8975 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8977 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8984 ;;;***
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8988 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8990 ;;;***
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19936
8993 ;;;;;; 52203))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8997 ;;;***
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9003 ;;;***
9005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9012 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9016 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9017 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9019 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9021 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9022 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9023 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9025 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9027 ;;;***
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
9030 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9031 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9033 ;;;***
9035 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9036 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9039 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9040 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9041 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9043 \(fn)" t nil)
9045 ;;;***
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
9048 ;;;;;; 45374))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9052 ;;;***
9054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9056 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9058 ;;;***
9060 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9061 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9064 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9065 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9066 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9068 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9070 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9071 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9072 mode line.
9074 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9075 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9076 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9079 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9081 ;;;***
9083 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9084 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9088 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9089 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9090 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9091 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9093 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9095 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9096 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9097 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9099 \(fn)" t nil)
9101 ;;;***
9103 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9104 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9108 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9109 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9111 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9113 ;;;***
9115 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9116 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9117 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19846 36966))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9120 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9121 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9123 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9124 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9126 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9127 assertions in BODY.
9129 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9131 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9132 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9133 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9135 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9137 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9139 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9141 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9143 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9145 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9146 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9148 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9149 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9150 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9151 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9153 Returns the stats object.
9155 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9157 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9158 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9160 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9161 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9162 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9163 the tests).
9165 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9167 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9168 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9170 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9171 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9172 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9173 and how to display message.
9175 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9177 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9179 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9180 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9182 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9184 ;;;***
9186 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9187 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9190 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9192 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9193 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9195 \(fn)" t nil)
9197 ;;;***
9199 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19890
9200 ;;;;;; 42850))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9203 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9204 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9206 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9208 \(fn)" nil nil)
9210 ;;;***
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9213 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19845 45374))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9216 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9217 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9218 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9219 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9220 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9221 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9222 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9223 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9224 buffer selected (or created).
9226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9228 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9229 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9230 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9232 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9234 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9235 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9236 The result might be any Lisp object.
9237 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9238 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9239 corresponding to a successful execution.
9241 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9243 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9245 ;;;***
9247 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9248 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9249 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9250 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9251 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9252 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9253 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9254 ;;;;;; (20085 50516))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9257 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9258 *File name of tags table.
9259 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9260 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9261 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9262 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9263 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9265 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9266 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9267 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9268 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9270 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9272 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9273 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9274 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9275 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9276 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9277 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9279 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9281 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9282 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9283 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9284 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9285 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9286 `auto-compression-mode').")
9288 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9290 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9291 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9292 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9293 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9294 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9296 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9298 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9299 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9300 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9301 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9303 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9305 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9306 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9307 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9308 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9309 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9311 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9313 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9314 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9316 \(fn)" t nil)
9318 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9319 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9320 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9321 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9323 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9324 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9325 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9326 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9327 file the tag was in.
9329 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9331 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9332 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9333 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9334 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9335 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9336 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9337 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9338 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9339 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9341 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9343 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9344 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9345 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9346 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9347 without directory names.
9349 \(fn)" nil nil)
9350 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9351 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9352 (progn
9353 (load "etags")
9354 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9356 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9357 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9358 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9359 but does not select the buffer.
9360 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9362 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9363 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9364 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9365 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9366 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9368 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9370 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9371 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9372 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9374 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9376 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9378 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9379 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9380 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9381 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9383 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9384 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9385 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9386 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9387 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9389 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9391 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9392 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9393 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9395 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9397 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9398 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9400 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9401 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9402 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9403 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9404 around or before point.
9406 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9407 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9408 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9409 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9410 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9412 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9414 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9415 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9416 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9418 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9420 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9421 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9423 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9424 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9425 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9426 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9427 around or before point.
9429 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9430 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9431 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9432 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9433 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9435 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9437 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9438 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9439 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9441 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9443 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9444 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9446 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9447 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9448 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9450 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9451 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9452 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9453 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9454 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9456 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9458 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9459 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9460 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9462 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9464 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9465 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9466 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9468 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9469 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9471 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9472 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9473 where they were found.
9475 \(fn)" t nil)
9477 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9478 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9480 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9481 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9482 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9484 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9485 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9487 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9488 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9490 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9492 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9493 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9494 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9495 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9497 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9498 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9499 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9500 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9501 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9503 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9504 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9506 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9507 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9508 Stops when a match is found.
9509 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9511 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9512 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9513 restricted to these files.
9515 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9517 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9519 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9520 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9521 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9522 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9523 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9524 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9525 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9526 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9528 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9529 produce the list of files to search.
9531 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9533 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9535 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9536 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9537 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9538 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9539 directory specification.
9541 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9543 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9544 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9546 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9548 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9549 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9550 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9551 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9553 \(fn)" t nil)
9555 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9556 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9557 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9558 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9559 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9561 \(fn)" t nil)
9563 ;;;***
9565 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9566 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9567 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9568 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9569 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9570 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9571 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9572 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9575 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9578 \(fn)" nil nil)
9580 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9581 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9583 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9584 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9586 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9587 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9588 primary language.
9590 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9591 even if the buffer is read-only.
9593 See also the descriptions of the variables
9594 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9596 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9598 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9599 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9601 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9602 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9604 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9605 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9606 primary language.
9608 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9609 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9611 See also the descriptions of the variables
9612 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9614 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9616 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9617 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9618 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9619 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9621 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9623 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9624 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9625 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9626 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9628 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9629 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9630 primary language.
9632 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9633 buffer is read-only.
9635 See also the descriptions of the variables
9636 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9637 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9639 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9641 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9642 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9644 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9645 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9647 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9648 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9649 the primary language.
9651 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9652 buffer is read-only.
9654 See also the descriptions of the variables
9655 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9656 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9658 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9660 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9661 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9662 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9664 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9666 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9667 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9669 \(fn)" t nil)
9671 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9672 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9674 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9675 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9676 be 1, 2, or 3.
9678 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9679 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9680 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9682 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9684 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9686 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9687 This function is deprecated.
9689 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9692 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9694 \(fn)" t nil)
9696 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9697 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9699 \(fn)" t nil)
9701 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9702 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9704 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9705 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9707 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9708 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9710 \(fn)" nil nil)
9712 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9713 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9715 \(fn)" nil nil)
9717 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9718 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9720 \(fn)" nil nil)
9722 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9723 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9725 \(fn)" nil nil)
9727 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9728 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9729 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9736 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9738 ;;;***
9740 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9741 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9742 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9743 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9745 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9746 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9747 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9748 server for future sessions.
9750 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9752 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9753 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9754 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9756 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9758 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9759 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9760 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9762 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9765 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9766 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9767 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9768 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9769 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9770 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9771 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9772 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9773 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9774 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9775 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9777 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9779 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9780 Display a form to query the directory server.
9781 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9782 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9784 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9786 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9787 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9788 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9790 \(fn)" t nil)
9792 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9794 ;;;***
9796 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9797 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9798 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9801 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9802 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9804 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9806 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9807 Display URL and make it clickable.
9809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9811 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9812 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9814 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9816 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9817 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9819 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9821 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9822 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9824 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9826 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9827 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9829 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9831 ;;;***
9833 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9834 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19931 11784))
9835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9837 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9838 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9839 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9841 \(fn)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9844 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9846 \(fn)" t nil)
9848 ;;;***
9850 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9851 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9852 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9854 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9855 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9857 \(fn)" t nil)
9859 ;;;***
9861 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9862 ;;;;;; 45374))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9865 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9866 Create an empty ewoc.
9868 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9870 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9871 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9872 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9873 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9874 `insert-before-markers'.
9876 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9877 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9878 respectively, of the ewoc.
9880 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9881 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9882 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9884 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9886 ;;;***
9888 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9889 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9890 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9891 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9894 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9895 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9896 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9898 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9900 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9901 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9902 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9903 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9904 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9906 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9909 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9910 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9911 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9912 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9913 executable.
9915 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9917 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9918 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9919 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9921 \(fn)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9924 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9925 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9926 file modes.
9928 \(fn)" nil nil)
9930 ;;;***
9932 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9933 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9934 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9937 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9938 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9939 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9940 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9942 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9944 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9945 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9946 to generate such functions.
9948 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9949 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9950 beginning of the expanded text.
9952 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9953 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9954 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9955 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9957 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9959 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9961 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9962 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9963 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9965 \(fn)" nil nil)
9967 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9968 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9969 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9971 \(fn)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9974 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9975 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9977 \(fn)" t nil)
9978 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9979 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9981 ;;;***
9983 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20088 26718))
9984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9986 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9987 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9988 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9990 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9991 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9992 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9994 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9996 Key definitions:
9997 \\{f90-mode-map}
9999 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10001 `f90-do-indent'
10002 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10003 `f90-if-indent'
10004 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10005 `f90-type-indent'
10006 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10007 `f90-program-indent'
10008 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10009 (default 2).
10010 `f90-associate-indent'
10011 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10012 `f90-critical-indent'
10013 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10014 `f90-continuation-indent'
10015 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10016 `f90-comment-region'
10017 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10018 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10019 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10020 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10021 (default \"!\").
10022 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10023 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10024 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10025 `f90-break-delimiters'
10026 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10027 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10028 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10029 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10030 (default t).
10031 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10032 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10033 `f90-smart-end'
10034 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10035 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10036 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10037 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10038 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10039 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10040 `f90-leave-line-no'
10041 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10043 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10044 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10046 \(fn)" t nil)
10048 ;;;***
10050 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10051 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10052 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10053 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19845
10054 ;;;;;; 45374))
10055 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10057 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10058 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10060 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10061 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10063 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10064 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10065 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10066 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10067 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10068 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10069 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10071 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10072 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10073 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10075 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10077 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10078 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10080 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10082 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10083 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10084 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10085 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10086 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10087 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10089 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10091 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10092 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10093 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10095 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10096 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10097 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10098 the same amount).
10100 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10102 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10103 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10104 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10106 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10107 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10108 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10109 will remove any scaling currently active.
10111 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10113 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10114 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10115 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10117 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10118 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10119 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10120 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10121 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10123 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10124 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10126 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10127 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10129 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10130 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10131 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10133 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10134 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10135 is one of the above.
10137 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10138 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10139 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10140 will remove any scaling currently active.
10142 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10143 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10144 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10145 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10146 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10148 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10150 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10151 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10152 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10153 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10157 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10158 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10159 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10160 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10161 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10163 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10164 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10166 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10168 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10169 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10170 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10171 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10173 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10174 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10175 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10176 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10178 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10179 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10181 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10183 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10184 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10185 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10186 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10190 ;;;***
10192 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10193 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10194 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19986 58615))
10195 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10197 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10198 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10199 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10200 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10202 \(fn)" nil nil)
10204 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10205 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10209 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10210 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10211 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10212 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10217 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10218 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10219 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10220 backup file names and the like).
10222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10224 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10225 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10226 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10227 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10228 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10229 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10230 internally by feedmail):
10232 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10233 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10234 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10235 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10237 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10238 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10239 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10240 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10241 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10243 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10245 ;;;***
10247 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10248 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19845 45374))
10249 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10251 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10252 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10253 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10254 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10255 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10256 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10257 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10259 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10261 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10262 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10263 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10264 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10265 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10266 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10267 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10269 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10271 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10273 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10274 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10275 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10276 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10277 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10278 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10280 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10282 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10283 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10284 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10285 Return value:
10286 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10287 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10288 * otherwise, nil
10290 \(fn E)" t nil)
10292 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10293 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10294 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10296 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10298 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10299 Try to get a file name at point.
10300 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10302 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10303 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10305 \(fn)" t nil)
10307 ;;;***
10309 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10310 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10311 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10312 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10313 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10315 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10316 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10317 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10318 be added to the cache.
10320 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10323 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10324 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10325 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10326 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10328 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10330 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10331 Add FILE to the file cache.
10333 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10335 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10336 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10337 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10339 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10341 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10342 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10343 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10345 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10347 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10348 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10349 This function does not use any external programs.
10350 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10351 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10352 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10354 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10356 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10357 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10358 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10359 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10360 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10361 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10362 \(directories) is done.
10364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10366 ;;;***
10368 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10369 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10370 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10371 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10372 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19886 45771))
10373 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10375 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10376 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10378 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10379 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10380 Local Variables list.
10382 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10383 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10384 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10386 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10388 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10389 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10391 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10393 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10394 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10396 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10397 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10398 the -*- line.
10400 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10401 then this function adds it.
10403 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10405 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10406 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10408 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10410 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10411 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10413 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10416 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10418 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10420 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10421 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10423 \(fn)" t nil)
10425 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10426 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10428 \(fn)" t nil)
10430 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10431 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10433 \(fn)" t nil)
10435 ;;;***
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19845
10438 ;;;;;; 45374))
10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10441 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10442 Filesets initialization.
10443 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10445 \(fn)" nil nil)
10447 ;;;***
10449 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10452 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10453 Initiate the building of a find command.
10454 For example:
10456 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10457 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10458 (mtime \"+1\"))
10459 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10461 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10462 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10464 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10466 ;;;***
10468 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10469 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19980 19797))
10470 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10472 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10473 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10474 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10476 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10478 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10479 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10481 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10484 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10485 and run dired on those files.
10486 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10487 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10489 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10491 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10494 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10495 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10497 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10498 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10500 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10501 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10503 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10505 ;;;***
10507 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10508 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10509 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10510 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10512 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10513 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10514 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10515 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10516 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10517 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10518 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10520 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10521 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10522 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10524 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10526 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10528 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10530 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10531 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10532 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10534 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10535 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10537 Variables of interest include:
10539 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10540 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10541 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10543 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10544 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10545 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10547 - `ff-ignore-include'
10548 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10550 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10551 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10553 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10554 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10556 - `ff-special-constructs'
10557 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10558 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10559 extracting the filename from that construct.
10561 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10562 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10564 - `ff-search-directories'
10565 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10566 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10568 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10569 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10571 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10572 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10574 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10575 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10577 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10578 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10580 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10581 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10583 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10585 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10586 Visit the file you click on.
10588 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10590 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10591 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10593 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10595 ;;;***
10597 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10598 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10599 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10600 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10601 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10602 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10603 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20071 17619))
10604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10606 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10607 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10608 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10610 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10612 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10613 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10614 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10615 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10617 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10618 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10619 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10620 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10622 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10624 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10625 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10627 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10628 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10629 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10630 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10632 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10633 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10634 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10636 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10637 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10638 in `load-path'.
10640 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10642 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10643 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10645 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10646 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10647 places point before the definition.
10648 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10650 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10651 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10652 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10654 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10656 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10657 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10659 See `find-function' for more details.
10661 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10663 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10664 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10666 See `find-function' for more details.
10668 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10670 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10671 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10673 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10674 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10675 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10677 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10678 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10680 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10682 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10683 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10685 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10686 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10687 places point before the definition.
10689 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10691 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10692 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10693 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10695 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10698 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10700 See `find-variable' for more details.
10702 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10704 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10705 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10707 See `find-variable' for more details.
10709 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10711 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10712 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10713 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10714 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10715 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10716 buffer nor display it.
10718 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10719 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10721 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10723 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10724 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10726 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10727 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10728 places point before the definition.
10730 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10732 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10733 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10734 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10736 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10738 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10739 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10740 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10742 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10744 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10745 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10747 \(fn)" t nil)
10749 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10750 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10752 \(fn)" t nil)
10754 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10755 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10757 \(fn)" nil nil)
10759 ;;;***
10761 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10762 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19886 45771))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10765 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10766 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10768 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10770 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10771 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10773 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10775 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10776 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10780 ;;;***
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10783 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19893 19022))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10786 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10787 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10789 \(fn)" t nil)
10791 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10792 Display FILE's commentary section.
10793 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10795 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10798 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10800 \(fn)" t nil)
10802 ;;;***
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10805 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10808 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10809 Toggle flow control handling.
10810 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10811 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10813 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10815 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10816 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10817 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10818 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10819 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10820 to get the effect of a C-q.
10822 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10824 ;;;***
10826 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10827 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10828 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10830 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10833 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10835 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10838 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10840 ;;;***
10842 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10843 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19984 16846))
10844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10846 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10847 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10848 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10849 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10853 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10854 Turn flymake mode on.
10856 \(fn)" nil nil)
10858 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10859 Turn flymake mode off.
10861 \(fn)" nil nil)
10863 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10866 \(fn)" nil nil)
10868 ;;;***
10870 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10871 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10872 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20076 35541))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10875 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10876 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10878 \(fn)" t nil)
10879 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10881 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10882 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10883 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10884 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10885 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10886 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10887 otherwise turn it off.
10889 Bindings:
10890 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10891 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10892 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10893 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10895 Hooks:
10896 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10898 Remark:
10899 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10900 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10901 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10903 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10904 consider adding:
10905 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10906 in your .emacs file.
10908 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10909 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10913 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10914 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10916 \(fn)" nil nil)
10918 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10919 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10921 \(fn)" nil nil)
10923 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10924 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10926 \(fn)" nil nil)
10928 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10929 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10931 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10933 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10934 Flyspell whole buffer.
10936 \(fn)" t nil)
10938 ;;;***
10940 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10941 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10942 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10945 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10946 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10948 \(fn)" nil nil)
10950 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10951 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10953 \(fn)" nil nil)
10955 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10956 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10958 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10959 of two major techniques:
10961 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10962 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10963 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10965 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10966 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10967 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10968 movement commands.
10970 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10971 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10972 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10973 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10974 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10975 mileage may vary).
10977 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10978 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10980 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10982 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10983 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10984 \(This is the default.)
10986 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10988 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10989 \\{follow-mode-map}
10991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10993 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10994 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10996 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10997 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10998 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10999 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11000 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11001 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11003 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11004 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11005 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11007 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11008 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11009 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013 ;;;***
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19913
11016 ;;;;;; 4309))
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11019 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11020 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11021 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11022 started, play around with the following keys:
11023 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11027 ;;;***
11029 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11030 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19886 45771))
11031 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11033 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11034 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11036 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11037 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11038 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11039 C-c < forms-first-record <
11040 C-c > forms-last-record >
11041 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11042 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11043 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11044 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11045 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11046 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11047 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11048 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11049 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11050 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11052 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11054 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11055 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11057 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11059 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11060 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11062 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11064 ;;;***
11066 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11067 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
11068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11070 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11071 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11072 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11074 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11075 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11077 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11079 Key definitions:
11080 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11082 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11084 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11085 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11086 `fortran-do-indent'
11087 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11088 `fortran-if-indent'
11089 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11090 `fortran-structure-indent'
11091 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11092 (default 3)
11093 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11094 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11095 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11096 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11097 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11098 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11099 nil don't change the indentation
11100 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11101 value of either
11102 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11103 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11104 depending on the continuation format in use.
11105 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11106 indentation for a line of code.
11107 (default 'fixed)
11108 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11109 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11110 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11111 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11112 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11113 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11114 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11115 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11116 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11117 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11118 column 5.
11119 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11120 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11121 statements (default nil).
11122 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11123 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11124 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11125 `fortran-continuation-string'
11126 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11127 line (default \"$\").
11128 `fortran-comment-region'
11129 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11130 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11131 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11132 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11133 as typed (default t).
11134 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11135 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11137 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11138 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11140 \(fn)" t nil)
11142 ;;;***
11144 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11145 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19931 11784))
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11148 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11149 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11151 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11152 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11154 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11156 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11157 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11159 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11160 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11162 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11164 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11165 Compile fortune file.
11167 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11168 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11170 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11172 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11173 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11175 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11176 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11177 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11178 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11180 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11182 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11183 Display a fortune cookie.
11184 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11185 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11186 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11187 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11189 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11191 ;;;***
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11194 ;;;;;; (20077 56412))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11197 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11198 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11200 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11202 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11203 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11204 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11205 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11207 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11208 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11209 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11210 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11212 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11213 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11214 shown in some of the buffers.
11216 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11218 The following commands help control operation :
11220 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11221 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11223 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11224 detailed description of this mode.
11227 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11228 | GDB Toolbar |
11229 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11230 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11231 | | |
11232 | | |
11233 | | |
11234 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11235 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11236 | | (comint-mode) |
11237 | | |
11238 | | |
11239 | | |
11240 | | |
11241 | | |
11242 | | |
11243 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11244 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11245 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11246 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11247 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11248 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11250 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11252 ;;;***
11254 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11255 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11256 ;;;;;; 45374))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11259 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11260 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11261 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11262 instead (which see).")
11264 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11265 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11267 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11268 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11269 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11270 documentation string instead.
11272 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11273 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11274 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11275 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11276 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11277 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11278 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11279 enders are actually possible.
11281 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11282 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11284 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11285 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11286 `font-lock-keywords'.
11288 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11289 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11290 runs the macro expansion.
11292 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11293 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11294 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11296 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11298 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11300 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11302 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11303 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11305 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11307 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11308 Enter generic mode MODE.
11310 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11311 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11312 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11314 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11315 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11317 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11319 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11320 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11321 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11322 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11323 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11324 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11325 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11326 `font-lock-keywords'.
11328 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11330 ;;;***
11332 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11333 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11336 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11337 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11338 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11339 at places they belong to.
11341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11343 ;;;***
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11346 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11347 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11350 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11351 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11352 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11354 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11356 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11357 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11359 Guideline for numbers:
11360 1 - error messages
11361 3 - non-serious error messages
11362 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11363 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11364 9 - messages inside loops.
11366 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11368 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11369 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11370 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11372 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11374 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11375 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11377 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11379 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11380 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11382 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11383 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11384 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11385 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11386 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11387 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11389 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11390 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11391 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11392 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11393 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11395 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11397 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11399 ;;;***
11401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11402 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20077 56412))
11403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11404 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11405 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11407 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11408 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11412 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11413 Read network news.
11414 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11415 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11416 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11417 name of an NNTP server to use.
11418 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11419 server.
11421 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11423 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11424 Read news as a slave.
11426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11428 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11429 Pop up a frame to read news.
11430 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11431 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11432 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11433 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11434 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11435 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11436 current display is used.
11438 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11440 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11441 Read network news.
11442 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11443 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11444 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11446 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11448 ;;;***
11450 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11451 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11452 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11453 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11454 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11455 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20077 56412))
11456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11458 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11459 Start Gnus unplugged.
11461 \(fn)" t nil)
11463 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11464 Start Gnus plugged.
11466 \(fn)" t nil)
11468 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11469 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11473 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11474 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11476 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11477 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11478 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11480 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11481 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11482 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11484 \(fn)" t nil)
11486 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11487 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11489 \(fn)" nil nil)
11491 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11492 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11493 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11494 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11495 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11496 supported.
11498 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11500 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11501 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11502 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11503 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11504 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11505 supported.
11507 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11509 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11510 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11512 \(fn)" nil nil)
11514 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11515 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11516 downloaded into the agent.
11518 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11520 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11521 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11522 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11523 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11525 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11527 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11528 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11530 \(fn)" t nil)
11532 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11533 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11535 \(fn)" t nil)
11537 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11538 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11539 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11541 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11543 ;;;***
11545 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11546 ;;;;;; (20091 2935))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11549 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11550 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11552 \(fn)" nil nil)
11554 ;;;***
11556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11557 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11560 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11561 Set a bookmark for this article.
11563 \(fn)" t nil)
11565 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11566 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11568 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11570 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11571 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11572 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11573 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11574 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11576 \(fn)" t nil)
11578 ;;;***
11580 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11581 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11582 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11583 ;;;;;; 45374))
11584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11586 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11587 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11589 Usage:
11590 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11592 \(fn)" t nil)
11594 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11595 Generate the cache active file.
11597 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11599 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11600 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11602 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11604 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11605 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11606 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11607 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11608 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11609 supported.
11611 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11613 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11614 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11615 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11616 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11617 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11618 supported.
11620 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11622 ;;;***
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11625 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19931 11784))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11628 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11629 Delay this article by some time.
11630 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11632 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11633 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11635 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11636 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11638 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11639 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11641 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11643 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11644 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11646 \(fn)" t nil)
11648 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11649 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11650 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11651 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11653 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11654 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11656 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11658 ;;;***
11660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11661 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19845 45374))
11662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11664 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11667 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11672 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11674 ;;;***
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11677 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11680 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11681 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11683 \(fn)" t nil)
11685 ;;;***
11687 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11688 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11691 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11692 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11694 \(fn)" t nil)
11696 ;;;***
11698 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11699 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11700 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20088
11701 ;;;;;; 26718))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11704 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11705 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11707 \(fn)" t nil)
11709 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11710 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11712 \(fn)" t nil)
11714 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11715 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11717 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11718 different input formats.
11720 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11722 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11723 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11725 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11726 different input formats.
11728 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11730 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11731 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11732 The PNG is returned as a string.
11734 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11736 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11737 Convert FILE to a Face.
11738 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11739 726 bytes.
11741 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11743 ;;;***
11745 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11746 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11749 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11750 Display gravatar in the From header.
11751 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11753 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11755 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11756 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11757 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11759 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11761 ;;;***
11763 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11764 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20077 56412))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11767 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11768 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11769 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11770 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11772 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11774 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11775 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11777 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11779 ;;;***
11781 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11782 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20050 11479))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11785 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11788 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11790 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11793 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11795 ;;;***
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11798 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11799 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11801 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11803 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11804 Run batched scoring.
11805 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11809 ;;;***
11811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11812 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11813 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11816 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11819 \(fn)" nil nil)
11821 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11822 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11823 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11825 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11827 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11828 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11830 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11834 ;;;***
11836 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11837 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11838 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11839 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11841 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11842 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11843 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11844 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11845 group parameters.
11847 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11848 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11849 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11850 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11852 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11853 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11854 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11855 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11856 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11857 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11858 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11859 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11860 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11861 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11863 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11865 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11866 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11867 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11868 nil CATCH-ALL).
11870 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11871 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11873 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11875 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11876 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11877 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11879 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11881 \(fn)" nil nil)
11883 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11884 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11885 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11887 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11889 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11890 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11891 existing groups are considered.
11893 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11894 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11895 returned.
11897 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11898 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11899 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11900 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11901 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11902 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11903 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11904 clauses will be generated.
11906 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11907 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11908 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11909 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11910 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11911 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11913 For example, given the following group parameters:
11915 nnml:mail.bar:
11916 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11917 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11918 nnml:mail.foo:
11919 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11920 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11921 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11922 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11923 nnml:mail.others:
11924 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11926 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11928 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11929 \"mail.bar\")
11930 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11931 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11932 \"mail.others\")
11934 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11936 ;;;***
11938 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11939 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20077 56412))
11940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11942 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11943 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11944 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11945 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11947 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
11949 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11950 Mail to ADDRESS.
11952 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11954 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11955 Like `message-reply'.
11957 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11959 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11961 ;;;***
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11964 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11965 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11968 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11969 Display picons in the From header.
11970 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11972 \(fn)" t nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11975 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11976 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11978 \(fn)" t nil)
11980 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11981 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11982 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11984 \(fn)" t nil)
11986 ;;;***
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11989 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11990 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11991 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11992 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11995 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11996 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11997 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11998 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12000 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12002 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12003 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12004 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12005 LIST1 is modified.
12007 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12009 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12010 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12011 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12013 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12015 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12018 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12020 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12021 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12022 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12024 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12026 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12027 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12028 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12030 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12032 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12034 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12035 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12036 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12038 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12040 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12041 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12042 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12044 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12046 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12047 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12048 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12050 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12052 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12053 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12055 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12057 ;;;***
12059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12060 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19976 22732))
12061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12063 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12064 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12068 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12069 Install the registry hooks.
12071 \(fn)" t nil)
12073 ;;;***
12075 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12076 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
12077 ;;;;;; 45374))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12080 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12081 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12082 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12083 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12084 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12085 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12087 \(fn)" t nil)
12089 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12090 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12091 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12092 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12093 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12095 \(fn)" t nil)
12097 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12100 \(fn)" t nil)
12102 ;;;***
12104 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12105 ;;;;;; (20076 35541))
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12108 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12109 Update the format specification near point.
12111 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12113 ;;;***
12115 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12116 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
12117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12119 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12120 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12122 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12124 ;;;***
12126 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12127 ;;;;;; (20094 65493))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12130 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12131 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12132 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12134 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12136 ;;;***
12138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12139 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12142 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12143 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12145 \(fn)" t nil)
12147 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12148 Install the sync hooks.
12150 \(fn)" t nil)
12152 ;;;***
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12155 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12158 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12159 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12161 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12163 ;;;***
12165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12166 ;;;;;; (20002 46800))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12169 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil "\
12170 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12172 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12173 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12174 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12176 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12178 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12180 ;;;***
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19889 21967))
12183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12185 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12186 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12188 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12189 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12190 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12192 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12193 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12194 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12196 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12197 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12199 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12200 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12202 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12204 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12206 ;;;***
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12209 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19845
12210 ;;;;;; 45374))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12213 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12215 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12216 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12217 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12218 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12219 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12221 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12223 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12224 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12225 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12226 or to send e-mail.
12227 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12228 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12230 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12231 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12233 \(fn)" t nil)
12234 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12236 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12237 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12241 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12242 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12246 ;;;***
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12249 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12252 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12253 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12254 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12256 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12258 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12259 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12261 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12263 ;;;***
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12266 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12267 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20087 5852))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12270 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12271 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12273 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12275 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12276 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12277 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12278 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12279 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12281 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12282 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12283 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12285 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12287 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12288 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12289 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12290 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12291 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12293 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12295 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12296 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12298 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12300 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12301 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12303 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12304 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12305 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12307 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12308 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12309 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12311 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12312 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12313 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12314 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12316 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12317 How to invoke find and grep.
12318 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12319 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12320 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12321 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12323 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12325 (defvar grep-history nil)
12327 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12329 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12330 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12331 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12333 \(fn)" nil nil)
12335 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12338 \(fn)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12341 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12346 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12347 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12348 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12349 found matches.
12351 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12352 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12354 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12355 can easily repeat a grep command.
12357 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12358 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12359 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12360 list is empty).
12362 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12364 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12365 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12366 Collect output in a buffer.
12367 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12368 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12370 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12371 easily repeat a find command.
12373 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12375 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12377 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12378 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12379 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12380 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12381 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12383 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12384 before it is executed.
12385 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12387 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12388 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12389 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12391 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12393 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12395 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12396 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12397 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12398 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12399 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12401 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12402 before it is executed.
12403 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12405 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12406 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12407 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12409 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12411 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12413 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12414 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12415 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12416 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12418 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12420 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12422 ;;;***
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12427 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12428 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12429 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12430 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12431 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12433 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12435 ;;;***
12437 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12438 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20077 56412))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12441 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12442 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12443 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12444 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12446 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12448 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12449 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12450 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12451 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12453 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12455 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12456 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12457 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12458 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12460 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12462 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12463 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12464 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12465 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12467 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12468 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12470 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12472 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12473 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12474 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12475 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12477 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12479 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12480 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12481 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12482 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12484 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12486 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12487 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12488 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12489 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12490 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12492 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12493 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12494 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12495 original source file access method.
12497 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12498 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12500 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12502 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12503 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12505 \(fn)" t nil)
12507 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12508 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12509 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12511 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12512 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12514 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12516 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12517 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12521 ;;;***
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19889
12524 ;;;;;; 21967))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12527 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12528 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12529 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12530 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12532 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12533 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12534 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12535 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12539 ;;;***
12541 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12542 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12545 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12546 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12548 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12550 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12551 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12552 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12553 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12555 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12557 \(fn)" t nil)
12559 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12560 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12561 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12562 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12563 to be updated.
12565 \(fn)" t nil)
12567 ;;;***
12569 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12570 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12571 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12574 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12575 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12579 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12580 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12581 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12585 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12586 Verify a hashcash payment
12588 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12590 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12591 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12592 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12593 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12594 `mail-add-payment-async').
12596 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12598 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12599 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12600 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12601 Calculation is asynchronous.
12603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12605 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12606 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12607 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12611 ;;;***
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12614 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12615 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12616 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12619 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12620 Return the help-echo string at point.
12621 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12622 property, or nil, is returned.
12623 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12624 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12625 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12627 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12629 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12630 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12631 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12632 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12633 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12635 \(fn)" nil nil)
12637 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12638 Display local help in the echo area.
12639 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12640 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12641 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12642 printed instead.
12644 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12645 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12646 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12650 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12651 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12652 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12654 \(fn)" t nil)
12656 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12657 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12658 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12660 \(fn)" t nil)
12662 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12663 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12664 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12665 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12666 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12667 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12668 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12669 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12670 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12671 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12672 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12674 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12675 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12676 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12677 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12678 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12680 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12681 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12682 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12683 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12684 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12685 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12686 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12687 The default is `never'.")
12689 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12691 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12692 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12693 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12694 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12695 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12696 considered different regions.
12698 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12699 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12700 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12701 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12702 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12703 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12704 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12705 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12706 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12708 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12710 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12711 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12712 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12713 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12714 different regions.
12716 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12717 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12718 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12719 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12720 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12721 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12722 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12723 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12725 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12726 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12727 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12728 rarely happens in practice.
12730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12732 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12733 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12734 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12735 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12736 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12737 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12741 ;;;***
12743 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12744 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12745 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12746 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20029 5330))
12747 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12749 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12750 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12752 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12754 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12755 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12756 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12758 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12760 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12761 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12762 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12763 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12764 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12765 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12766 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12767 search for a function definition.
12769 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12770 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12771 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12772 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12773 suitable file is found, return nil.
12775 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12777 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12780 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12782 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12783 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12784 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12785 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12787 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12789 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12790 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12791 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12792 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12793 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12794 it is displayed along with the global value.
12796 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12798 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12799 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12800 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12801 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12805 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12806 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12807 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12808 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12809 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12811 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12813 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12814 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12816 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12818 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12819 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12821 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12823 ;;;***
12825 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12826 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12827 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12829 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12830 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12831 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12832 window listing and describing the options.
12833 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12834 gives the window that lists the options.")
12836 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12838 ;;;***
12840 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12841 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12842 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20072
12843 ;;;;;; 38480))
12844 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12846 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12847 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12848 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12849 Commands:
12850 \\{help-mode-map}
12852 \(fn)" t nil)
12854 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12857 \(fn)" nil nil)
12859 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12862 \(fn)" nil nil)
12864 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12865 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12867 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12868 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12869 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12870 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12872 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12873 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12874 restore it properly when going back.
12876 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12878 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12879 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12880 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12881 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12882 from `help-mode'.
12883 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12884 it does not already exist.
12886 \(fn)" nil nil)
12888 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12889 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12891 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12892 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12893 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12894 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12895 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12896 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12897 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12898 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12900 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12901 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12902 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12903 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12905 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12906 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12907 that.
12909 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12911 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12912 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12913 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12914 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12915 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12916 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12918 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12920 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12921 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12922 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12923 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12924 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12926 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12928 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12929 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12931 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12933 ;;;***
12935 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12936 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
12937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12939 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12940 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12942 \(fn)" t nil)
12944 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12945 Provide help for current mode.
12947 \(fn)" t nil)
12949 ;;;***
12951 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12952 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
12953 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12955 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12956 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12957 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12958 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12959 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12961 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12962 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12964 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12965 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12966 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12967 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12969 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12970 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12971 periods.
12973 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12974 in hexl format.
12976 A sample format:
12978 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12979 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12980 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12981 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12982 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12983 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12984 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12985 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12986 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12987 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12988 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12989 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12990 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12991 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12992 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12994 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12995 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12996 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12998 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12999 also supported.
13001 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13003 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13004 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13005 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13007 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13008 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13009 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13011 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13012 into the buffer at the current point.
13014 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13015 into the buffer at the current point.
13017 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13018 into the buffer at the current point.
13020 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13022 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13023 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13025 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13027 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13031 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13032 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13033 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13034 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13036 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13038 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13039 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13040 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13042 \(fn)" t nil)
13044 ;;;***
13046 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13047 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13048 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13049 ;;;;;; (20034 23247))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13052 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13053 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13055 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13056 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13057 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13058 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13059 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13060 called interactively, are:
13062 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13063 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13065 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13066 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13067 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13068 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13070 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13071 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13073 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13074 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13076 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13077 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13078 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13079 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13080 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13081 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13082 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13083 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13084 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13085 function returns t.
13087 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13088 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13090 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13091 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13092 form:
13093 Hi-lock: FOO
13094 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13095 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13096 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13097 Patterns will be read until
13098 Hi-lock: end
13099 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13103 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13104 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13105 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13107 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13108 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13110 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13112 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13113 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13114 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
13115 ARG is positive.
13116 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13117 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13118 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13122 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13124 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13125 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13127 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13128 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13129 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13130 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13131 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13133 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13135 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13137 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13138 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13140 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13141 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13142 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13143 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13144 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13146 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13148 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13150 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13151 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13153 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13154 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13156 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13158 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13160 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13161 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13163 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13164 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13165 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13166 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13167 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13169 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13171 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13172 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13174 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13175 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13176 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13178 \(fn)" t nil)
13180 ;;;***
13182 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13183 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
13184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13186 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13187 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13188 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13189 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13190 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13191 how the hiding is done:
13193 `hide-ifdef-env'
13194 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13195 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13196 is used.
13198 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13199 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13200 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13201 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13202 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13204 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13205 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13206 #endif lines when hiding.
13208 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13209 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13210 is activated.
13212 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13213 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13214 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13216 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13220 ;;;***
13222 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13223 ;;;;;; (20091 2935))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13226 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13227 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13228 Each element has the form
13229 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13231 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13232 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13234 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13235 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13237 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13238 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13239 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13240 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13241 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13242 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13244 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13245 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13247 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13248 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13250 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13251 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13252 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13254 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13255 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13256 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13257 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13258 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13260 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13261 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13262 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13264 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13265 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13267 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13269 Key bindings:
13270 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13274 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13275 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13277 \(fn)" nil nil)
13279 ;;;***
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13282 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13283 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13284 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13285 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19931
13286 ;;;;;; 11784))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13289 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13290 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13292 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13294 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13295 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13296 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13297 on and off.
13299 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13300 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13301 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13302 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13303 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13304 through various faces.
13305 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13306 buffer with the contents of a file
13307 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13311 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13312 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13314 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13315 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13316 in a distinctive face.
13318 The default value can be customized with variable
13319 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13321 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13325 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13326 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13327 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13329 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13331 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13332 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13334 \(fn)" t nil)
13336 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13337 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13339 \(fn)" t nil)
13341 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13342 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13344 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13345 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13346 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13347 shown in the last face in the list.
13349 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13350 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13351 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13353 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13355 \(fn)" t nil)
13357 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13358 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13360 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13362 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13363 to save the file.
13365 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13366 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13368 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13369 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13370 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13372 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13374 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13375 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13377 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13378 this function is called interactively.
13380 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13381 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13382 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13384 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13385 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13386 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13388 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13390 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13391 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13392 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13395 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13397 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13399 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13400 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13401 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13402 ARG is positive.
13403 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13404 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13405 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13409 ;;;***
13411 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13412 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13413 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13414 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13415 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19845 45374))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13418 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13419 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13420 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13421 or insert functions in this list.")
13423 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13425 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13426 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13428 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13430 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13431 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13433 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13435 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13436 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13438 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13440 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13441 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13443 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13445 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13446 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13447 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13449 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13451 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13452 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13453 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13454 \(as atoms)")
13456 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13458 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13459 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13460 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13461 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13462 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13464 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13466 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13467 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13468 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13469 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13470 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13471 expansions.
13472 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13473 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13474 undoes the expansion.
13476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13478 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13479 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13480 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13481 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13483 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13485 ;;;***
13487 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13488 ;;;;;; (19976 22732))
13489 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13491 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13492 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13493 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13495 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13496 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13497 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13498 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13499 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13501 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13502 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13503 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13504 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13508 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13509 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13510 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13511 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13512 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13513 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13515 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13517 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13518 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13519 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13521 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13522 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13523 windows.
13525 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13526 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13530 ;;;***
13532 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13533 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13534 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13535 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13536 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19882 48702))
13537 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13539 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13541 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13542 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13543 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13545 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13547 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13549 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13551 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13552 Oriental holidays.
13553 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13555 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13557 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13559 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13561 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13562 Local holidays.
13563 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13565 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13567 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13569 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13571 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13572 User defined holidays.
13573 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13575 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13577 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13579 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13580 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13582 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13584 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13585 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13587 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13589 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13590 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13592 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13594 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13595 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13597 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13599 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13601 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13602 Jewish holidays.
13603 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13605 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13607 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13609 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13611 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13612 Christian holidays.
13613 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13615 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13617 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13619 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13621 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13622 Islamic holidays.
13623 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13625 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13627 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13629 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13631 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13632 Baha'i holidays.
13633 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13635 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13637 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13639 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13641 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13642 Sun-related holidays.
13643 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13645 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13647 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13649 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13651 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13652 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13653 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13654 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13658 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13659 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13660 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13661 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13662 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13664 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13665 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13667 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13668 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13670 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13671 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13672 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13673 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13674 of a holiday list.
13676 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13678 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13680 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13682 ;;;***
13684 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19845
13685 ;;;;;; 45374))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13688 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13689 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13691 \(fn)" t nil)
13693 ;;;***
13695 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13696 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19886 45771))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13699 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13700 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13701 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13702 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13703 as possible.
13705 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13706 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13707 fontified display.
13709 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13710 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13712 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13713 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13714 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13716 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13718 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13719 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13720 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13722 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13724 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13726 ;;;***
13728 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13729 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13730 ;;;;;; 45374))
13731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13733 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13734 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13736 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13737 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13738 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13740 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13741 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13742 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13743 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13744 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13745 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13747 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13748 title of the column.
13750 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13751 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13752 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13753 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13754 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13756 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13758 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13760 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13761 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13762 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13763 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13764 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13766 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13767 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13768 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13770 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13772 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13774 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13775 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13776 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13777 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13778 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13779 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13781 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13782 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13783 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13784 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13785 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13786 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13787 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13788 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13789 values are:
13790 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13791 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13792 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13793 buffer's modification flag.
13794 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13795 prompted before performing this operation.
13796 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13797 operation is complete, in the form:
13798 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13799 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13800 confirmation message, in the form:
13801 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13802 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13803 macro for exactly what it does.
13805 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13807 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13809 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13810 Define a filter named NAME.
13811 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13812 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13813 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13815 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13816 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13817 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13818 bound to the current value of the filter.
13820 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13822 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13824 ;;;***
13826 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13827 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20053 39261))
13828 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13830 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13831 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13832 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13833 buffers which are visiting a file.
13835 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13837 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13838 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13839 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13840 buffers which are visiting a file.
13842 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13844 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13845 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13846 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13848 All arguments are optional.
13849 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13850 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13851 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13852 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13853 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13854 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13855 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13856 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13857 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13858 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13859 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13860 that value locally in this buffer.
13862 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13864 ;;;***
13866 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13867 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13868 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20015 58840))
13869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13871 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13872 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13873 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13874 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13876 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13878 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13879 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13880 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13881 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13882 ICAL-FILENAME.
13883 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13884 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13885 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13887 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13889 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13890 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13891 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13892 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13893 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13894 non-marking or not.
13896 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13898 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13899 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13901 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13902 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13903 DIARY-FILE.
13905 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13906 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13907 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13909 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13910 non-marking.
13912 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13913 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13914 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13916 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13918 ;;;***
13920 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20087
13921 ;;;;;; 5852))
13922 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13924 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13925 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13926 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13929 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13931 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13933 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13934 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13935 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13936 otherwise turn it off.
13938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13940 ;;;***
13942 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19890 42850))
13943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13945 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13946 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13947 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13948 Tab indents for Icon code.
13949 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13950 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13951 \\{icon-mode-map}
13952 Variables controlling indentation style:
13953 icon-tab-always-indent
13954 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13955 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13956 icon-auto-newline
13957 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13958 inserted in Icon code.
13959 icon-indent-level
13960 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13961 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13962 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13963 icon-continued-statement-offset
13964 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13965 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13966 icon-continued-brace-offset
13967 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13968 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13969 icon-brace-offset
13970 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13971 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13972 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13973 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13975 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13976 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13978 \(fn)" t nil)
13980 ;;;***
13982 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13983 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
13984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13986 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13987 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13988 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13989 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13991 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13992 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13993 separate frames.
13995 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13996 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13998 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13999 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14000 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14002 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14004 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14006 ;;;***
14008 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14009 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
14010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14012 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14013 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14015 The main features of this mode are
14017 1. Indentation and Formatting
14018 --------------------------
14019 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14020 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14022 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14023 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14024 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14025 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14027 Comments are indented as follows:
14029 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14030 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14031 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14033 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14035 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14036 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14037 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14038 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14039 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14040 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14042 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14043 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14044 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14045 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14047 2. Routine Info
14048 ------------
14049 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14050 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14051 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14052 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14053 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14054 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14055 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14056 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14057 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14058 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14060 3. Online IDL Help
14061 ---------------
14063 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14064 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14065 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14066 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14068 4. Completion
14069 ----------
14070 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14071 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14072 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14073 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14074 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14075 upper case.
14077 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14078 --------------------------------
14079 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14080 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14082 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14083 \\fu FUNCTION template
14084 \\c CASE statement template
14085 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14086 \\f FOR loop template
14087 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14088 \\w WHILE loop template
14089 \\i IF statement template
14090 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14091 \\b BEGIN
14093 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14094 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14096 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14097 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14098 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14099 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14101 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14102 -------------------------
14103 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14104 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14106 7. Automatic END completion
14107 ------------------------
14108 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14109 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14111 8. Hooks
14112 -----
14113 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14114 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14116 9. Documentation and Customization
14117 -------------------------------
14118 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14119 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14120 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14121 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14122 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14124 10.Keybindings
14125 -----------
14126 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14127 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14128 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14130 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14132 \(fn)" t nil)
14134 ;;;***
14136 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14137 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14138 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14139 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14140 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14141 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14142 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14143 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20097
14144 ;;;;;; 41737))
14145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14147 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14148 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14149 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14150 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14151 displaying...)
14152 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14153 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14154 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14157 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14159 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14161 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14162 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14163 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14164 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14165 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14166 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14167 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14168 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14169 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14173 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14174 Switch to another buffer.
14175 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14176 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14177 in another frame.
14179 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14180 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14181 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14182 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14183 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14185 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14186 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14188 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14189 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14191 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14192 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14193 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14194 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14195 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14196 in a separate window.
14197 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14198 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14199 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14200 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14201 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14202 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14203 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14204 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14205 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14207 \(fn)" t nil)
14209 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14210 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14211 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14212 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14214 \(fn)" t nil)
14216 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14217 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14218 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14219 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14221 \(fn)" t nil)
14223 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14224 Kill a buffer.
14225 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14226 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14228 \(fn)" t nil)
14230 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14231 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14232 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14233 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14235 \(fn)" t nil)
14237 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14238 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14239 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14240 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14242 \(fn)" t nil)
14244 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14245 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14247 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14249 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14250 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14251 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14252 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14253 visible in another frame.
14255 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14256 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14257 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14258 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14259 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14260 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14262 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14263 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14265 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14266 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14268 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14269 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14270 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14271 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14272 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14273 in a separate window.
14274 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14275 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14276 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14277 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14278 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14279 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14280 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14281 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14282 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14283 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14284 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14285 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14286 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14287 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14288 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14290 \(fn)" t nil)
14292 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14293 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14294 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14295 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14297 \(fn)" t nil)
14299 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14300 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14301 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14302 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14304 \(fn)" t nil)
14306 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14307 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14308 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14309 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14311 \(fn)" t nil)
14313 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14314 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14315 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14316 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14318 \(fn)" t nil)
14320 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14321 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14322 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14323 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14325 \(fn)" t nil)
14327 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14328 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14329 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14330 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14332 \(fn)" t nil)
14334 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14335 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14336 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14337 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14339 \(fn)" t nil)
14341 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14342 Write current buffer to a file.
14343 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14344 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14346 \(fn)" t nil)
14348 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14349 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14350 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14351 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14353 \(fn)" t nil)
14355 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14356 Call `dired' the ido way.
14357 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14358 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14360 \(fn)" t nil)
14362 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14363 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14364 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14365 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14366 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14367 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14369 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14371 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14372 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14373 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14374 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14376 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14378 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14379 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14380 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14381 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14383 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14385 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14386 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14387 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14388 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14389 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14390 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14391 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14392 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14393 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14394 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14395 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14396 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14397 with point positioned at the end.
14398 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14399 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14401 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14403 ;;;***
14405 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20077 56412))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14408 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14409 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14410 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14412 \(fn)" t nil)
14414 ;;;***
14416 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14419 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14421 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14422 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14426 ;;;***
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14429 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14430 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14431 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14432 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14433 ;;;;;; (20084 29660))
14434 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14436 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14437 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14438 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14439 be determined.
14441 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14443 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14444 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14445 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14446 be determined.
14448 \(fn)" nil nil)
14450 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14451 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14452 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14453 be determined.
14455 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14457 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14458 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14459 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14460 be determined.
14462 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14464 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14465 Determine and return image type.
14466 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14467 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14468 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14469 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14470 use its file extension as image type.
14471 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14473 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14475 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14476 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14477 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14479 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14481 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14482 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14483 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14485 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14486 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14487 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14488 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14489 must be available.
14491 \(fn)" nil nil)
14493 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14494 Create an image.
14495 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14496 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14497 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14498 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14499 use its file extension as image type.
14500 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14501 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14502 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14503 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14505 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14507 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14508 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14509 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14511 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14513 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14514 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14515 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14516 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14517 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14518 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14519 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14520 POS may be an integer or marker.
14521 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14522 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14523 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14524 means display it in the right marginal area.
14526 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14528 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14529 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14530 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14531 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14532 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14533 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14534 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14535 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14536 means display it in the right marginal area.
14537 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14538 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14539 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14540 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14541 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14543 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14545 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14546 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14547 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14548 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14549 defaulted if you omit it.
14550 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14551 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14552 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14553 means display it in the right marginal area.
14554 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14556 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14558 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14559 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14560 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14561 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14563 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14565 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14566 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14568 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14570 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14571 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14572 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14573 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14574 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14575 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14576 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14577 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14578 satisfied.
14580 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14582 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14584 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14586 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14587 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14589 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14590 documentation string.
14592 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14593 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14594 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14595 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14596 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14597 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14598 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14599 define SYMBOL.
14601 Example:
14603 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14604 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14606 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14608 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14610 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14611 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14612 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14613 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14614 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14615 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14617 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14619 \(fn)" nil nil)
14621 ;;;***
14623 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14624 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14625 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14626 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14627 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14628 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14629 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14630 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20033 22846))
14631 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14633 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14634 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14635 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14636 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14637 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14638 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14642 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14643 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14645 Convenience command that:
14647 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14648 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14649 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14651 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14652 image files in dired and type
14653 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14655 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14657 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14658 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14660 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14662 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14663 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14664 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14665 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14666 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14667 another one).
14669 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14670 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14671 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14673 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14674 instead of erasing it first.
14676 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14677 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14678 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14679 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14680 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14681 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14683 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14685 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14686 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14687 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14688 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14689 displayed.
14691 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14693 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14695 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14697 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14698 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14700 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14702 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14703 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14704 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14706 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14708 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14709 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14711 \(fn)" t nil)
14713 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14714 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14715 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14716 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14720 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14721 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14725 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14726 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14730 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14731 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14735 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14736 Display current image file.
14737 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14738 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14742 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14743 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14745 \(fn)" t nil)
14747 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14748 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14749 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14750 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14751 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14752 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14753 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14757 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14758 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14759 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14760 easy-to-use form.
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14764 ;;;***
14766 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14767 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14768 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19845 45374))
14769 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14771 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14772 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14773 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14774 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14776 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14777 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14778 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14779 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14781 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14783 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14784 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14785 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14786 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14788 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14789 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14790 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14791 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14793 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14795 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14796 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14798 \(fn)" nil nil)
14800 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14801 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14802 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14803 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14805 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14807 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14808 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14809 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14812 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14814 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14816 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14817 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14818 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14819 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14821 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14822 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14823 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14827 ;;;***
14829 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14830 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20088 26718))
14831 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14833 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14834 Major mode for image files.
14835 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14836 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14838 \(fn)" t nil)
14840 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14841 Toggle Image minor mode.
14842 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14843 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14844 to display an image file as the actual image.
14846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14848 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14849 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14850 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14851 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14852 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14853 to display an image file as the actual image.
14855 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14856 to display an image file as text initially.
14858 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14859 on these modes.
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14863 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14866 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14868 ;;;***
14870 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14871 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
14872 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14874 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14875 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14877 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14879 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14880 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14881 in the buffer.
14883 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14885 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14886 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14887 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14889 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14891 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14892 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14894 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14895 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14896 pattern's structure.
14898 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14899 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14900 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14901 during matching.")
14902 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14904 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14906 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14907 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14909 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14910 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14911 called within a `save-excursion'.
14913 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14915 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14917 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14918 Function for finding the next index position.
14920 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14921 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14922 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14923 file.
14925 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14926 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14928 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14930 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14931 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14933 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14934 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14935 It should return the name for that index item.")
14937 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14939 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14940 Function to compare string with index item.
14942 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14943 non-nil if they match.
14945 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14946 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14947 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14948 arguments match\".")
14950 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14952 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14953 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14954 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14956 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14957 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14959 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14961 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14963 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14964 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14965 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14966 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14968 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14970 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14971 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14973 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14977 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14978 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14979 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14980 for more information.
14982 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14984 ;;;***
14986 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14987 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14988 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20097 41737))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14991 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14992 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14994 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14996 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14999 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15001 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15004 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15006 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15009 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15012 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15014 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15016 ;;;***
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15019 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15020 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20092 23754))
15021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15023 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15024 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15025 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15026 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15027 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15029 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15031 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15032 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15034 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15036 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15037 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15038 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15039 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15040 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15041 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15042 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15043 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15045 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15047 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15048 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15049 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15050 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15051 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15053 This variable is only used if the variable
15054 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15056 More precise choices:
15057 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15058 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15059 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15061 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15063 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15065 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15066 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15068 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15069 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15070 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15071 to that buffer.
15072 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15073 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15074 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15075 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15077 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15079 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15081 ;;;***
15083 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15084 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15085 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15086 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15087 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20092 23754))
15088 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15090 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15091 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15093 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15094 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15096 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15097 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15098 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15099 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15100 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15101 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15102 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15103 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15104 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15105 with the top-level Info directory.
15107 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15108 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15109 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15110 appended to the Info buffer name.
15112 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15113 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15114 in all the directories in that path.
15116 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15118 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15120 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15121 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15125 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15126 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15127 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15128 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15130 \(fn)" nil nil)
15132 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15133 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15134 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15135 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15137 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15139 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15140 Go to the Info directory node.
15142 \(fn)" t nil)
15144 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15145 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15146 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15147 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15148 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15149 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15151 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15153 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15154 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15155 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15157 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15159 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15160 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15161 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15162 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15163 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15165 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15167 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15168 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15169 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15170 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15171 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15173 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15174 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15176 Selecting other nodes:
15177 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15178 Follow a node reference you click on.
15179 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15180 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15181 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15182 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15183 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15184 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15185 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15186 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15187 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15188 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15189 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15190 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15191 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15192 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15193 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15194 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15195 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15196 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15197 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15198 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15200 Moving within a node:
15201 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15202 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15203 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15204 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15205 move up to the parent node.
15206 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15207 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15208 if there is none.
15209 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15211 Advanced commands:
15212 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15213 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15214 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15215 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15216 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15217 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15218 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15219 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15220 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15221 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15222 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15223 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15224 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15225 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15226 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15227 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15229 \(fn)" t nil)
15230 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15232 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15233 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15234 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15235 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15236 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15237 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15239 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15240 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15242 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15243 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15244 KEY is a string.
15245 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15246 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15247 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15248 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15250 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15252 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15253 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15254 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15256 \(fn)" t nil)
15258 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15259 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15260 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15262 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15264 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15265 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15267 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15269 ;;;***
15271 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15272 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15273 ;;;;;; (19984 16846))
15274 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15276 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15277 Throw away all cached data.
15278 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15279 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15280 system.
15282 \(fn)" t nil)
15283 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15285 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15286 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15287 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15288 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15289 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15290 one found at point.
15292 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15294 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15295 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15297 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15298 Display the documentation of a file.
15299 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15300 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15301 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15302 The default file name is the one found at point.
15304 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15306 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15308 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15309 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15311 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15313 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15314 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15316 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15318 ;;;***
15320 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15321 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15322 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
15323 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15325 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15326 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15327 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15328 current info file is the default.
15330 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15331 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15332 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15333 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15334 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15336 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15337 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15338 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15339 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15340 mistake in the reference.
15342 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15343 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15344 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15346 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15347 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15348 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15349 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15351 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15353 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15354 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15355 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15356 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15357 checked.
15359 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15360 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15361 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15362 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15363 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15364 should be harmless.
15366 \(fn)" t nil)
15368 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15369 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15370 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15371 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15373 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15374 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15375 and can take a long time.
15377 \(fn)" t nil)
15379 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15380 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15381 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15383 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15385 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15386 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15388 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15389 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15390 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15391 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15392 all builtins).
15394 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15395 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15396 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15397 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15398 the sources handy.
15400 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15402 ;;;***
15404 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15405 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19886 45771))
15406 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15408 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15409 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15411 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15413 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15414 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15416 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15418 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15419 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15420 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15421 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15423 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15424 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15425 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15427 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15428 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15429 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15430 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15432 \(fn)" t nil)
15434 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15435 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15436 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15438 \(fn)" t nil)
15440 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15441 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15442 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15443 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15444 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15446 \(fn)" nil nil)
15448 ;;;***
15450 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15451 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15452 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15455 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15456 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15460 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15461 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15463 \(fn)" t nil)
15465 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15468 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15470 ;;;***
15472 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15473 ;;;;;; 45374))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15476 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15477 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15478 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15479 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15480 accessed via isearchb.
15482 \(fn)" t nil)
15484 ;;;***
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15487 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15488 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15489 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15490 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15492 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15493 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15494 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15495 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15496 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15498 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15500 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15501 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15502 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15503 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15504 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15506 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15508 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15509 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15510 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15511 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15512 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15514 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15516 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15517 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15518 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15519 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15520 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15522 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15524 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15525 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15526 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15527 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15528 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15530 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15532 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15533 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15534 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15535 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15536 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15538 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15540 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15541 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15542 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15543 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15544 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15546 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15548 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15549 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15550 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15551 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15553 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15555 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15556 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15557 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15558 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15560 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15562 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15563 Warn that format is read-only.
15565 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15567 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15568 Warn that format is write-only.
15570 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15572 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15573 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15575 \(fn)" t nil)
15577 ;;;***
15579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15580 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15581 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15582 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15583 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15584 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15586 ;;;***
15588 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15589 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15590 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15591 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15592 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20085 50516))
15593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15595 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15597 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15598 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15599 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15600 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15601 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15603 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15605 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15607 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15608 Key map for ispell menu.")
15610 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15611 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15612 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15613 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15615 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15617 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15619 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15621 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15623 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15624 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15625 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15626 Valid forms include:
15627 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15628 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15629 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15630 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15632 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15633 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15634 First list is used raw.
15635 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15637 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15638 for skipping in latex mode.")
15640 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15641 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15642 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15643 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15644 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15645 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15646 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15648 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15649 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15650 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15651 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15653 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15654 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15655 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15656 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15657 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15659 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15660 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15662 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15663 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15665 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15666 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15668 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15669 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15671 Return values:
15672 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15673 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15674 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15675 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15676 quit spell session exited.
15678 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15680 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15681 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15682 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15684 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15686 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15687 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15689 Selections are:
15691 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15692 SPC: Accept word this time.
15693 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15694 `a': Accept word for this session.
15695 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15696 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15697 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15698 `?': Show these commands.
15699 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15700 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15701 the aborted check to be completed later.
15702 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15703 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15704 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15705 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15706 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15707 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15708 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15710 \(fn)" nil nil)
15712 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15713 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15714 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15716 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15718 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15719 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15720 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15721 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15723 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15725 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15727 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15728 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15729 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15730 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15732 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15734 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15735 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15737 \(fn)" t nil)
15739 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15740 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15742 \(fn)" t nil)
15744 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15745 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15747 \(fn)" t nil)
15749 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15750 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15751 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15752 sequence inside of a word.
15754 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15756 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15758 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15759 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15761 \(fn)" t nil)
15763 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15764 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15765 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15766 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15768 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15769 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15770 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15771 available on the net.
15773 \(fn)" t nil)
15775 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15776 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15777 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15778 otherwise turn it off.
15780 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15781 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15783 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15784 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15788 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15789 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15790 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15791 Don't check included messages.
15793 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15794 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15795 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15797 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15798 in your .emacs file:
15799 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15800 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15801 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15802 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15804 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15805 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15806 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15808 \(fn)" t nil)
15810 ;;;***
15812 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19946
15813 ;;;;;; 29209))
15814 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15816 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15817 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15818 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15821 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15823 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15825 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15826 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15827 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15828 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15829 `iswitchb' for details.
15831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15833 ;;;***
15835 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15836 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15837 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15838 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15841 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15844 \(fn)" nil nil)
15846 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15847 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15848 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15849 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15850 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15851 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15852 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15853 necessary to represent OBJ.
15855 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15857 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15858 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15859 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15860 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15862 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15864 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15865 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15866 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15867 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15868 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15870 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15872 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15873 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15874 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15875 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15877 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15879 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15880 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15881 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15882 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15884 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15886 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15887 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15889 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15891 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15892 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15893 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15894 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15895 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15897 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15899 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15900 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15901 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15902 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15903 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15905 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15907 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15908 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15909 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15911 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15913 ;;;***
15915 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15916 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20000 30139))
15917 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15919 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15920 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15921 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15922 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15924 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15927 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15929 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15930 Uninstall jka-compr.
15931 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15932 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15933 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15935 \(fn)" nil nil)
15937 ;;;***
15939 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20038 20303))
15940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15942 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15943 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15945 \(fn)" t nil)
15947 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15949 ;;;***
15951 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15952 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15953 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15956 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15957 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15958 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15959 decimal key must be specified.")
15961 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15963 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15964 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15965 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15966 decimal key must be specified.")
15968 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15970 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15971 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15972 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15973 decimal key must be specified.")
15975 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15977 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15978 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15979 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15980 decimal key must be specified.")
15982 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15984 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15985 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15986 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15987 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15988 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15989 keys are bound.
15991 Setup Binding
15992 -------------------------------------------------------------
15993 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15994 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15995 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15996 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15997 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15998 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15999 in the global and local keymaps.
16001 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16002 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16004 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16006 ;;;***
16008 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16009 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16012 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16013 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16014 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16016 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16017 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16018 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16019 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16020 shorter.
16022 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16023 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16024 the context of text formatting.
16026 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16028 ;;;***
16030 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
16031 ;;;;;; 45374))
16032 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16034 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16035 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16036 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16037 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16038 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16039 positions that contains the current selection.")
16041 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16042 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16043 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16044 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16045 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16046 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16047 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16049 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16051 ;;;***
16053 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16054 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16055 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16056 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19886 45771))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16058 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16059 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16060 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16061 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16062 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16063 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16064 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16066 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16067 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16069 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16071 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16072 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16073 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16074 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16075 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16077 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16080 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16081 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16083 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16084 defining the macro.
16086 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16087 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16088 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16090 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16091 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16093 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16095 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16096 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16097 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16098 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16099 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16100 under that name.
16102 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16103 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16104 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16108 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16109 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16110 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16112 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16113 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16114 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16115 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16117 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16118 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16120 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16122 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16123 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16124 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16126 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16127 macro.
16129 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16130 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16132 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16133 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16134 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16136 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16137 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16139 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16141 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16142 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16143 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16144 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16146 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16148 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16149 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16150 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16151 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16153 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16154 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16156 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16158 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16159 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16160 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16162 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16164 ;;;***
16166 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16167 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
16168 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16170 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16171 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16172 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16174 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16177 \(fn)" nil nil)
16179 ;;;***
16181 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16182 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
16183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16185 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16187 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16188 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16190 \(fn)" t nil)
16192 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16193 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16194 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16195 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16197 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16198 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16199 none / 1 | yes | no
16200 2 | yes | yes
16201 3 | no | yes
16202 4 | no | no
16204 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16205 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16206 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16208 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16210 ;;;***
16212 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16213 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16214 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19845 45374))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16217 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16220 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16222 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16223 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16224 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16225 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16226 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16227 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16229 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16230 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16232 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16234 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16235 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16237 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16239 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16242 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16244 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16249 ;;;***
16251 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16252 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16253 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16254 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16256 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16257 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16258 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16259 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16261 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16263 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16264 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16265 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16267 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16269 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16270 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16271 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16273 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16275 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16276 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16277 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16278 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16280 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16282 ;;;***
16284 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16285 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16286 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16288 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16289 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16290 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16291 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16292 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16293 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16294 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16295 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16297 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16298 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16301 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16303 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16305 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16306 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16307 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16308 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16309 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16310 `latin1-display-setup'.
16312 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16314 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16315 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16316 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16317 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16320 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16322 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16324 ;;;***
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16327 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16330 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16331 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16333 \(fn)" t nil)
16335 ;;;***
16337 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16338 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16341 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16342 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16344 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16345 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16347 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16348 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16350 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16351 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16352 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16353 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16354 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16355 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16356 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16357 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16358 and transmit saved text.
16360 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16361 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16362 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16364 \(fn)" t nil)
16366 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16369 \(fn)" nil nil)
16371 ;;;***
16373 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16374 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16376 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16377 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16378 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16379 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16380 generations (this defaults to 1).
16382 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16384 ;;;***
16386 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16387 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19865 50420))
16388 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16390 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16391 Format used to display line numbers.
16392 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16393 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16394 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16395 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16397 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16399 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16400 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16404 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16405 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16406 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16409 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16411 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16413 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16414 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16415 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16416 ARG is positive.
16417 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16418 `linum-on' would do it.
16419 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16423 ;;;***
16425 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19996
16426 ;;;;;; 8027))
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16429 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16430 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16431 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16432 is nil, raise an error.
16434 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16435 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16436 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16437 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16438 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16439 defined by the library.
16441 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16442 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16443 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16444 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16445 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16446 proceeds.
16448 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16449 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16450 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16451 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16453 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16455 ;;;***
16457 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16458 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19886 45771))
16459 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16461 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16462 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16463 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16465 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16467 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16468 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16469 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16470 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16472 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16473 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16474 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16475 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16476 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16477 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16478 the version.)
16480 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16481 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16483 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16484 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16486 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16487 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16489 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16491 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16492 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16493 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16494 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16495 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16496 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16497 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16498 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16499 to constrain a big search.
16501 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16503 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16504 except that FILTER is not optional.
16506 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16508 ;;;***
16510 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19870 57559))
16511 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16513 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16514 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16515 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16516 if MODE is nil.
16517 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16518 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16519 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16520 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16521 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16523 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16524 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16525 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16526 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16527 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16529 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16530 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16531 uses the current buffer.
16533 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16535 ;;;***
16537 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19946
16538 ;;;;;; 1612))
16539 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16541 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16542 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16544 \(fn)" t nil)
16546 ;;;***
16548 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20031
16549 ;;;;;; 47065))
16550 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16552 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16553 Minor mode to wrap long lines.
16554 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16555 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16556 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16558 With no argument, this command toggles Long Lines mode.
16559 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Long Lines minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16560 otherwise turn it off.
16562 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16563 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16564 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16566 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16567 are indicated with a symbol.
16569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16571 ;;;***
16573 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16574 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19909
16575 ;;;;;; 7240))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16578 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16580 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16582 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16583 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16584 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16586 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16587 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16589 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16590 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16591 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16592 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16593 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16594 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16595 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16597 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16599 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16600 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16601 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16602 switch on this list.
16603 See `lpr-command'.")
16605 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16607 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16608 Name of program for printing a file.
16610 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16611 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16612 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16613 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16614 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16615 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16616 argument.")
16618 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16620 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16621 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16622 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16623 for customization of the printer command.
16625 \(fn)" t nil)
16627 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16628 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16630 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16631 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16632 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16633 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16635 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16636 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16638 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16639 for further customization of the printer command.
16641 \(fn)" t nil)
16643 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16644 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16645 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16646 for customization of the printer command.
16648 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16650 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16651 Paginate and print the region contents.
16653 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16654 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16655 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16656 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16658 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16659 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16661 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16662 for further customization of the printer command.
16664 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16666 ;;;***
16668 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16669 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
16670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16672 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16673 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16674 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16676 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16678 ;;;***
16680 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16681 ;;;;;; 45374))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16684 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16685 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16686 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16687 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16691 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16693 ;;;***
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16696 ;;;;;; 45374))
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16699 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16700 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16702 \(fn)" t nil)
16704 ;;;***
16706 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16707 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16710 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16711 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16712 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16713 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16714 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16716 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16718 ;;;***
16720 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16721 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19886 45771))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16724 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16725 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16726 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16727 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16728 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16730 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16732 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16733 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16734 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16735 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16737 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16738 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16739 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16740 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16741 bindings.
16743 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16744 use this command, and then save the file.
16746 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16748 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16749 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16750 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16751 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16752 each time the macro executes.
16753 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16754 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16755 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16756 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16757 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16758 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16759 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16761 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16763 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16764 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16765 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16766 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16768 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16769 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16770 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16771 execute.
16773 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16774 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16776 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16777 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16778 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16779 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16780 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16782 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16783 looked like this:
16785 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16786 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16787 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16789 You could enter the names in this format:
16795 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16797 \\C-x (
16798 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16799 \\C-x )
16801 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16802 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16804 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16805 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16807 ;;;***
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16810 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19845 45374))
16811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16813 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16814 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16815 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16816 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16817 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16818 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16820 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16821 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16822 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16823 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16824 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16826 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16827 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16828 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16829 consing a string.)
16831 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16833 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16834 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16836 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16838 ;;;***
16840 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16841 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16842 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16845 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16846 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16848 \(fn)" nil nil)
16850 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16853 \(fn)" nil nil)
16855 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16856 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16858 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16860 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16861 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16862 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16863 message.
16865 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16867 \(fn)" nil nil)
16869 ;;;***
16871 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16872 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16873 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
16874 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19922 19303))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16877 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16878 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16879 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16880 often correct parser.")
16882 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16884 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
16885 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
16886 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
16887 a value which excludes your own email address.
16889 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
16890 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
16892 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
16894 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16895 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16897 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16899 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16900 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16901 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16902 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16904 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16906 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16907 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16908 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16909 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16911 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16913 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16914 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16915 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16916 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16918 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16920 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16921 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16922 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16923 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16924 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16925 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16926 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16927 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16928 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16929 as Rmail does.
16931 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16934 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16935 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16936 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16937 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16938 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16939 matches may be returned from the message body.
16941 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16943 ;;;***
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16946 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19968
16947 ;;;;;; 28627))
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16950 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16951 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16952 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16955 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16957 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16959 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16960 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16964 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16965 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16967 \(fn)" nil nil)
16969 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16970 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16971 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16973 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16975 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16976 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16977 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16979 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16980 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16981 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16982 double-quotes.
16984 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16986 ;;;***
16988 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
16989 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
16990 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19881 27850))
16991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16993 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16994 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16995 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16996 king@grassland.com
16997 If `parens', they look like:
16998 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16999 If `angles', they look like:
17000 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17002 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17004 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17005 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17006 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17007 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17008 their `Resent-' variants.
17010 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17011 removed from alias expansions.
17013 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17015 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17016 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17017 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17019 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17020 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17021 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17022 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17024 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17026 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17027 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17028 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17030 \(fn)" nil nil)
17032 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17033 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17034 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17035 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17037 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17039 ;;;***
17041 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17042 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17045 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17046 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17047 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17048 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17050 \(fn)" nil nil)
17052 ;;;***
17054 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17055 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17056 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19968 28627))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17059 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17060 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17062 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17063 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17064 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17065 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17066 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17067 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17069 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17070 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17071 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17072 dependency, despite the colon.
17074 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17076 In the browser, use the following keys:
17078 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17080 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17082 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17083 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17085 `makefile-target-colon':
17086 The string that gets appended to all target names
17087 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17088 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17090 `makefile-macro-assign':
17091 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17092 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17093 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17094 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17095 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17096 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17098 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17099 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17100 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17102 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17103 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17105 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17106 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17107 up or down in the browser.
17109 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17110 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17112 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17113 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17115 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17116 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17117 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17118 has been selected in the browser.
17120 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17121 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17122 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17123 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17124 filenames are omitted.
17126 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17127 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17128 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17129 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17130 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17131 the backslash itself intact.
17132 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17133 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17135 `makefile-browser-hook':
17136 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17137 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17139 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17140 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17141 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17142 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17144 \(fn)" t nil)
17146 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17147 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17149 \(fn)" t nil)
17151 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17152 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17154 \(fn)" t nil)
17156 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17157 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17159 \(fn)" t nil)
17161 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17162 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17164 \(fn)" t nil)
17166 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17167 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17169 \(fn)" t nil)
17171 ;;;***
17173 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19886
17174 ;;;;;; 45771))
17175 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17177 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17178 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17179 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17181 \(fn)" t nil)
17183 ;;;***
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17186 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17189 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17191 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17192 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17193 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17194 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17195 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17196 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17197 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17198 page, it will display immediately.
17200 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17201 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17202 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17204 cat(1)
17205 1 cat
17207 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17208 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17209 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17210 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17212 -a chmod
17214 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17215 otherwise look like a page name.
17217 /my/file/name.1.gz
17218 -l somefile.1
17220 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17221 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17222 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17224 -k pattern
17226 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17228 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17229 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17231 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17233 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17234 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17236 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17238 ;;;***
17240 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19845 45374))
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17243 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17244 Toggle Master mode.
17245 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17246 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17247 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17249 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17250 following commands:
17252 \\{master-mode-map}
17254 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17255 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17256 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17260 ;;;***
17262 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17263 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17266 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17267 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17268 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17271 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17273 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17275 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17276 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17277 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17278 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17279 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17281 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17282 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17286 ;;;***
17288 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17289 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17290 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17291 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17292 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17293 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17294 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20091 2935))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17297 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17299 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17300 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17301 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17302 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17303 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17304 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17305 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17306 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17307 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17308 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17309 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17310 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17311 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17312 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17313 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17314 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17315 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17316 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17317 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17318 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17319 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17320 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17321 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17322 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17323 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17324 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17325 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17326 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17327 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17328 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17329 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17330 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17331 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17332 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17333 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17334 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17335 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17336 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17338 \(fn)" t nil)
17340 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17341 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17342 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17343 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17344 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17346 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17348 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17349 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17351 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17353 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17354 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17356 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17358 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17359 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17361 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17363 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17364 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17365 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17367 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17369 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17370 Cancel an article you posted.
17371 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17375 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17376 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17377 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17378 header line with the old Message-ID.
17380 \(fn)" t nil)
17382 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17383 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17385 \(fn)" t nil)
17387 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17388 Forward the current message via mail.
17389 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17390 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17392 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17394 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17397 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17399 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17402 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17404 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17405 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17407 \(fn)" t nil)
17409 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17410 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17412 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17414 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17415 Re-mail the current message.
17416 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17417 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17418 you.
17420 \(fn)" t nil)
17422 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17423 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17425 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17427 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17428 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17430 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17432 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17433 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17435 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17437 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17438 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17440 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17442 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17443 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17444 Works by overstriking characters.
17445 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17446 which specify the range to operate on.
17448 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17450 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17451 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17452 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17453 which specify the range to operate on.
17455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17457 ;;;***
17459 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17460 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17463 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17464 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17466 \(fn)" t nil)
17468 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17469 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17471 \(fn)" t nil)
17473 ;;;***
17475 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17476 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17477 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17478 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17480 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17481 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17482 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17484 \(fn)" t nil)
17486 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17487 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17488 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17489 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17490 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17491 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17492 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17494 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17496 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17497 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17498 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17499 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17500 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17501 means current).
17502 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17503 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17505 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17507 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17508 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17509 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17510 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17511 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17512 means current).
17513 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17514 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17516 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17518 ;;;***
17520 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17521 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17522 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19993 31832))
17523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17525 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17526 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17527 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17529 \(fn)" t nil)
17531 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17532 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17533 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17535 \(fn)" t nil)
17537 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17538 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17540 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17541 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17542 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17544 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17545 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17547 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17548 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17550 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17552 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17554 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17555 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17556 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17557 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17558 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17559 as `compose-mail'.
17561 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17562 initial Subject field, respectively.
17564 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17565 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17566 are strings.
17568 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17569 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17571 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17573 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17574 Save draft and send message.
17576 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17577 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17578 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17579 Mail Delivery*\".
17581 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17582 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17583 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17585 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17586 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17587 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17588 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17589 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17590 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17592 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17593 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17595 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17596 message and scan line.
17598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17600 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17601 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17603 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17604 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17605 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17606 delete the draft message.
17608 \(fn)" t nil)
17610 ;;;***
17612 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20088 26718))
17613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17615 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17617 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17619 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17621 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17622 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17624 \(fn)" t nil)
17626 ;;;***
17628 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17629 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20004 2139))
17630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17632 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17633 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17634 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17636 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17637 the MH mail system.
17639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17641 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17642 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17643 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17645 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17646 the MH mail system.
17648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17650 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17651 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17653 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17654 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17655 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17656 separate command.
17658 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17659 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17660 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17661 format.
17663 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17665 Ranges
17666 ======
17667 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17668 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17669 can be used in several ways.
17671 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17672 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17673 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17674 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17675 page):
17677 <num1>-<num2>
17678 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17679 The range must be nonempty.
17681 <num>:N
17682 <num>:+N
17683 <num>:-N
17684 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17685 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17686 last.
17688 first:N
17689 prev:N
17690 next:N
17691 last:N
17692 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17695 All of the messages.
17697 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17698 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17700 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17701 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17702 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17704 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17706 \(fn)" t nil)
17708 ;;;***
17710 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17711 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17712 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17714 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17715 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17716 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17717 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17718 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17719 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17720 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17721 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17722 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17723 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17724 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17726 \(fn)" t nil)
17728 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17729 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17730 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17731 to its second argument TM.
17733 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17735 ;;;***
17737 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17738 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19845 45374))
17739 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17741 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17742 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17743 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17746 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17748 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17750 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17751 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17752 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17753 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17754 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17755 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17756 default indication.
17758 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17759 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17763 ;;;***
17765 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17766 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17767 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17769 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17770 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17771 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17772 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17773 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17774 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17775 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17776 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17777 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17779 \(fn)" t nil)
17781 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17782 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17783 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17784 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17785 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17786 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17787 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17788 The return value is always nil.
17790 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17792 ;;;***
17794 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17795 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17796 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19886 45771))
17797 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17798 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17800 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17801 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17803 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17804 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17805 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17806 next occurrence.
17808 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17809 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17810 end of the search space).
17812 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17813 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17814 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17815 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17816 should return the previous buffer to search.
17818 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17819 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17820 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17822 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17823 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17824 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17825 Isearch starts.")
17827 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17828 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17829 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17831 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17832 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17833 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17835 \(fn)" nil nil)
17837 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17838 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17839 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17840 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17841 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17842 whose names match the specified regexp.
17844 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17846 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17847 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17848 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17849 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17850 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17851 whose names match the specified regexp.
17853 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17855 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17856 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17857 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17858 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17859 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17860 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17861 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17863 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17865 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17866 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17867 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17868 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17869 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17870 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17871 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17873 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17875 ;;;***
17877 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17878 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17881 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17882 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17884 \(fn)" t nil)
17886 ;;;***
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
17889 ;;;;;; (20075 14682))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
17892 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
17893 Return a default encoding for FILE.
17895 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17897 ;;;***
17899 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17900 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17903 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17904 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17906 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17908 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17909 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17910 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17911 the entire message.
17912 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17914 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17916 ;;;***
17918 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17919 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17922 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17923 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17924 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17925 the entire message.
17926 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17928 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17930 ;;;***
17932 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17933 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19877 30798))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17936 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17937 Insert file contents of URL.
17938 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17942 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17943 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17945 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17947 ;;;***
17949 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17950 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
17951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17953 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17954 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17955 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17956 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17957 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17959 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17961 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17962 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17963 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17965 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17967 ;;;***
17969 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
17970 ;;;;;; (20097 41737))
17971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
17973 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
17974 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
17976 \(fn)" nil nil)
17978 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
17979 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
17980 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
17981 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
17983 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
17984 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
17985 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
17986 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
17987 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
17988 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
17990 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
17992 ;;;***
17994 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17995 ;;;;;; (20026 29156))
17996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17998 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18001 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18003 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18006 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18008 ;;;***
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18011 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18012 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20059 26455))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18015 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18018 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18020 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18023 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18025 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18028 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18030 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18033 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18035 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18038 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18040 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18043 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18045 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18048 \(fn)" nil nil)
18050 ;;;***
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19845
18053 ;;;;;; 45374))
18054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18056 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18058 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18059 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18060 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18061 followed by the first character of the construct.
18062 \\<m2-mode-map>
18063 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18064 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18065 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18066 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18067 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18068 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18069 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18070 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18071 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18072 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18073 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18074 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18075 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18076 \\[m2-link] link
18078 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18079 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18080 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18084 ;;;***
18086 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18087 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19869 36706))
18088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18090 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18091 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18093 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18095 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18096 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18098 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18100 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18101 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18103 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18105 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18106 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18108 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18110 ;;;***
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18113 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19890 42850))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18116 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18117 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18119 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18120 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18121 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18123 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18124 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18125 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18127 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18128 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18130 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18131 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18132 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18133 hemisphere you're in.)
18135 To test this function, evaluate:
18136 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18138 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18140 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18141 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18143 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18144 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18146 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18147 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18148 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18150 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18151 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18153 To test this function, evaluate:
18154 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18156 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18158 ;;;***
18160 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19997
18161 ;;;;;; 28887))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18164 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18165 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18166 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18169 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18171 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18173 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18174 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18175 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18176 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18178 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in
18179 various ways:
18181 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18182 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18183 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18184 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18185 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18187 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18188 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18189 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18190 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18191 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18193 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18194 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18196 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18197 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18201 ;;;***
18203 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20081 53460))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18206 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18207 Main entry point for MPC.
18209 \(fn)" t nil)
18211 ;;;***
18213 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19890 42850))
18214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18216 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18217 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18219 \(fn)" t nil)
18221 ;;;***
18223 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19931 11784))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18226 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18227 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18228 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18231 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18233 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18235 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18236 Toggle Msb mode.
18237 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18238 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18239 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18243 ;;;***
18245 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18246 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18247 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18248 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18249 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18250 ;;;;;; (20093 44623))
18251 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18253 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18254 Display a list of all character sets.
18256 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18257 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18258 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18259 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18260 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18262 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18263 but still shows the full information.
18265 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18267 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18268 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18269 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18271 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18272 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18273 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18274 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18275 meanings of these arguments.
18277 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18279 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18280 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18282 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18284 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18285 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18287 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18289 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18290 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18292 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18294 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18295 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18297 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18298 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18299 in place of `..':
18300 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18301 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18302 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18303 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18304 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18305 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18306 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18307 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18308 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18309 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18310 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18311 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18312 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18313 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18314 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18315 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18317 \(fn)" t nil)
18319 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18320 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18322 \(fn)" t nil)
18324 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18325 Display a list of all coding systems.
18326 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18328 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18329 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18333 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18334 Display a list of all coding categories.
18336 \(fn)" nil nil)
18338 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18339 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18340 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18342 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18344 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18345 Display information about FONTSET.
18346 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18348 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18350 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18351 Display a list of all fontsets.
18352 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18353 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18354 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18358 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18359 Display information about all input methods.
18361 \(fn)" t nil)
18363 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18364 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18366 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18367 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18368 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18369 system which uses fontsets).
18371 \(fn)" t nil)
18373 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18374 Show log of font listing and opening.
18375 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18376 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18378 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18380 ;;;***
18382 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18383 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18384 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18385 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18386 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18387 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18390 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18391 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18392 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18394 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18396 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18398 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18399 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18401 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18402 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18404 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18405 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18407 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18409 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18410 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18411 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18412 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18413 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18414 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18415 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18417 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18418 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18419 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18420 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18421 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18422 middle of a character in STR.
18424 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18425 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18427 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18428 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18429 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18430 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18431 defaults to \"...\".
18433 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18435 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18436 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18438 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18439 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18440 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18442 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18443 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18444 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18446 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18447 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18448 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18449 are considered.
18450 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18451 longer than KEYSEQ.
18452 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18454 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18456 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18457 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18458 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18459 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18460 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18461 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18462 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18463 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18464 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18465 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18466 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18468 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18470 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18471 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18473 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18475 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18476 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18478 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18480 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18481 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18483 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18485 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18486 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18488 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18490 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18491 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18492 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18493 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18494 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18496 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18497 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18499 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18500 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18501 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18502 coding systems ordered by priority.
18504 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18506 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18507 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18508 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18509 language environment LANG-ENV.
18511 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18513 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18514 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18515 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18516 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18517 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18518 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18520 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18522 ;;;***
18524 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18525 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18526 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18527 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18528 ;;;;;; 45374))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18531 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18532 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18534 \(fn)" t nil)
18536 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18537 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18539 \(fn)" t nil)
18541 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18542 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18544 \(fn)" t nil)
18546 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18547 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18549 \(fn)" t nil)
18551 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18552 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18554 \(fn)" t nil)
18556 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18557 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18559 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18561 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18562 Ping HOST.
18563 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18564 `ping-program-options'.
18566 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18568 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18569 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18571 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18573 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18574 Run nslookup program.
18576 \(fn)" t nil)
18578 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18579 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18581 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18583 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18584 Run dig program.
18586 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18588 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18589 Run ftp program.
18591 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18593 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18594 Finger USER on HOST.
18596 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18599 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18600 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18601 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18603 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18605 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18608 \(fn)" t nil)
18610 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18611 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18613 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18615 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18616 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18618 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18620 ;;;***
18622 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18623 ;;;;;; 45374))
18624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18626 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18627 Return a user name/password pair.
18628 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18629 listed in the PORTS list.
18631 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18633 ;;;***
18635 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18636 ;;;;;; (20044 59100))
18637 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18639 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18640 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18641 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18642 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18643 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18644 closes it.
18646 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18647 make it unique.
18648 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18649 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18650 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18651 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18652 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18653 a port number to connect to.
18655 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18656 values:
18658 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18659 nil or `network'
18660 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18661 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18662 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18663 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18664 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18665 an unencrypted connection.
18666 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18667 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18668 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18669 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18670 returned object is a killed process.
18671 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18672 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18673 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18675 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18676 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18677 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18678 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18679 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18680 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18681 or nil if none could be found.
18682 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18683 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18685 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18687 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18688 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18689 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18691 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18692 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18693 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18695 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18696 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18697 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18699 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18700 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18701 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18702 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18704 :always-query-capabilies says whether to query the server for
18705 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18707 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18708 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18709 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18710 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18711 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18712 or STARTTLS connections.
18714 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18715 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18716 functionality.
18718 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18719 asynchronously, if possible.
18721 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18723 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18725 ;;;***
18727 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18728 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18729 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18730 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18731 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18732 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20087 5852))
18733 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18735 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18737 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18739 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18741 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18743 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18744 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18745 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18746 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18747 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18748 Major modes should set this variable.")
18750 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18751 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18752 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18753 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18754 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18755 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18757 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18758 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18760 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18761 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18762 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18764 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18765 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18766 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18767 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18768 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18770 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18771 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18772 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18774 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18775 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18776 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18777 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18779 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18780 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18781 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18782 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18783 column indentation or nil.
18784 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18786 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18787 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18788 The function has no args.
18790 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18791 comments always start in column zero.")
18793 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18794 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18795 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18797 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18799 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18800 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18801 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18802 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18804 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18805 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18807 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18809 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18810 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18811 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18812 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18813 customize this variable.
18815 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18816 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18818 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18820 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18821 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18822 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18823 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18824 the variables are properly set.
18826 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18828 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18829 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18831 \(fn)" nil nil)
18833 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18834 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18835 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18837 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18839 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18840 Set the comment column based on point.
18841 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18842 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18843 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18844 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18848 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18849 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18850 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18854 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18855 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18856 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18857 comment markers.
18859 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18861 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18862 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18863 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18864 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18865 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18867 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18868 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18869 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18871 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18872 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18873 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18874 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18875 changed with `comment-style'.
18877 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18879 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18880 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18881 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18882 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18884 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18886 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18887 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18888 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18889 is passed on to the respective function.
18891 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18893 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18894 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18895 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18896 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18897 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18898 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18899 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18900 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18901 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18902 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18906 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18907 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18908 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18910 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18912 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18913 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18914 This indents the body of the continued comment
18915 under the previous comment line.
18917 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18918 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18919 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18921 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18922 or comment indentation.
18924 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18925 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18927 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18929 ;;;***
18931 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18932 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19918 22236))
18933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18935 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18936 Check whether newsticker is running.
18937 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18938 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18940 \(fn)" nil nil)
18942 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18943 Start the newsticker.
18944 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18945 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18946 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18947 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18949 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18951 ;;;***
18953 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18954 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18957 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18958 Start newsticker plainview.
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18962 ;;;***
18964 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18965 ;;;;;; (20094 65493))
18966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18968 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18969 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18971 \(fn)" t nil)
18973 ;;;***
18975 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18976 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
18977 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18979 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18980 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18981 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18982 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18983 empty.
18985 \(fn)" nil nil)
18987 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18988 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18989 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18990 running already.
18992 \(fn)" t nil)
18994 ;;;***
18996 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18997 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19000 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19001 Start newsticker treeview.
19003 \(fn)" t nil)
19005 ;;;***
19007 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19008 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19011 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19012 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19014 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19016 ;;;***
19018 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
19019 ;;;;;; 45374))
19020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19022 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19023 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19024 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19025 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19026 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19027 symbol in the alist.
19029 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19031 ;;;***
19033 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19034 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19037 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19038 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19039 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19041 \(fn)" t nil)
19043 ;;;***
19045 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19046 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19049 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19050 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19052 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19054 ;;;***
19056 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19057 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19060 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19061 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19062 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19064 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19066 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19069 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19071 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19072 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19073 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19074 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19075 to future sessions.
19077 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19079 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19080 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19081 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19082 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19083 to future sessions.
19085 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19087 ;;;***
19089 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19090 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19093 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19094 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19095 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19096 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19097 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19098 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19100 \(fn)" t nil)
19102 ;;;***
19104 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19105 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19108 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19109 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19110 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19111 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19113 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19115 ;;;***
19117 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19927
19118 ;;;;;; 37225))
19119 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19121 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19122 Major mode for editing XML.
19124 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19125 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19126 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19127 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19128 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19129 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19130 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19132 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19134 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19135 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19137 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19138 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19139 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19140 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19141 instead of C-c.
19143 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19144 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19145 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19146 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19147 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19148 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19150 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19151 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19152 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19154 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19155 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19156 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19158 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19159 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19160 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19161 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19162 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19163 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19164 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19165 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19166 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19168 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19170 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19171 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19173 \(fn)" t nil)
19175 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19177 ;;;***
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19180 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19183 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19184 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19185 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19186 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19188 \(fn)" t nil)
19190 ;;;***
19192 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19193 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19194 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19195 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19196 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks org-babel-map-src-blocks
19197 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
19198 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
19199 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19200 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19201 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19202 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19203 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20045 31431))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19206 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19209 \(fn)" nil nil)
19211 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19214 \(fn)" t nil)
19216 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19217 Display information on the current source block.
19218 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19219 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19223 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19224 Conditionally expand a source block.
19225 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19226 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19228 \(fn)" t nil)
19230 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19231 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19232 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19233 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19235 \(fn)" t nil)
19237 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19238 Conditionally pop to a session.
19239 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19240 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19242 \(fn)" t nil)
19244 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19245 Execute the current source code block.
19246 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19247 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19248 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19250 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
19251 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19252 returned.
19254 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19255 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19257 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19258 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19259 block.
19261 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19263 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19264 Expand the current source code block.
19265 Expand according to the source code block's header
19266 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19268 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19270 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19271 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19275 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19276 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19277 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19278 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19279 session.
19281 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19283 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19284 Initiate session for current code block.
19285 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19286 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19287 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19289 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19291 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19292 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19293 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19294 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19295 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19297 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19299 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19300 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19302 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19304 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19305 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19306 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19307 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19308 results already exist.
19310 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19312 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19313 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19314 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19315 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19316 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19318 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19319 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19320 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19321 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19322 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19323 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19324 switches --------- string holding the switches
19325 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19326 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19327 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19328 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19329 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19330 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19331 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19332 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19334 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19336 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19338 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19339 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19340 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19341 buffer.
19343 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19345 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19347 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19348 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19349 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19350 the current buffer.
19352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19354 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19355 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19356 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19357 the current subtree.
19359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19361 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19362 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19364 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19366 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19367 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19369 \(fn)" t nil)
19371 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19372 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19374 \(fn)" t nil)
19376 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19377 Go to a named source-code block.
19379 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19382 Go to a named result.
19384 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19386 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19387 Jump to the next source block.
19388 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19392 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19393 Jump to the previous source block.
19394 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19398 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19399 Mark current src block
19401 \(fn)" t nil)
19403 ;;;***
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19406 ;;;;;; (20045 30710))
19407 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19409 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19410 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19412 \(fn)" t nil)
19414 ;;;***
19416 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19417 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20045 31431))
19418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19420 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19421 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19422 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19424 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19426 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19427 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19428 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19429 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19431 \(fn)" t nil)
19433 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19434 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19436 \(fn)" nil nil)
19438 ;;;***
19440 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19441 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19442 ;;;;;; (20045 30712))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19445 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19446 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19447 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19448 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19449 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19450 then the name of the language is used.")
19452 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19454 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19455 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19456 This function exports the source code using
19457 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19458 `load-file'.
19460 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19463 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19464 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19465 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19466 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19467 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19469 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19472 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19473 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19474 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19475 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19476 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19477 exported source code blocks by language.
19479 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19481 ;;;***
19483 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19484 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
19485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19487 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19488 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19489 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19491 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19493 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19494 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19496 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19497 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19498 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19502 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19504 ;;;***
19506 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19507 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
19508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19510 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19511 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19513 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19514 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19515 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19516 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19518 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19519 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19520 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19521 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19522 is why you need this mode!).
19524 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19525 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19526 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19528 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19530 Keybindings
19531 ===========
19533 \\{octave-mode-map}
19535 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19536 ==============================================
19538 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19539 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19540 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19542 `octave-block-offset'
19543 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19544 Default is 2.
19546 `octave-continuation-offset'
19547 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19548 Default is 4.
19550 `octave-continuation-string'
19551 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19552 Default is a backslash.
19554 `octave-send-echo-input'
19555 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19556 command to the inferior Octave process.
19558 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19559 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19560 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19562 `octave-send-echo-input'
19563 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19565 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19567 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19568 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19570 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19572 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19573 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19575 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19576 (lambda ()
19577 (abbrev-mode 1)
19578 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19580 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19581 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19582 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19583 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19585 \(fn)" t nil)
19587 ;;;***
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19590 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19591 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19592 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19593 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19594 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19595 ;;;;;; (20098 4366))
19596 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19598 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19599 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19601 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19603 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19604 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19605 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19607 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19608 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19609 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19610 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19611 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19612 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19613 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19614 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19615 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19616 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19618 The following commands are available:
19620 \\{org-mode-map}
19622 \(fn)" t nil)
19624 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19626 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19627 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19628 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19629 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19633 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19634 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19635 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19636 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19637 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19638 defined by Org-mode).
19640 M-up Move entry/item up
19641 M-down Move entry/item down
19642 M-left Promote
19643 M-right Demote
19644 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19645 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19646 M-S-left Promote subtree
19647 M-S-right Demote subtree
19648 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19649 C-c ^ Sort entries
19650 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19651 TAB Cycle item visibility
19652 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19653 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19654 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19658 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19659 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19661 \(fn)" nil nil)
19663 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19664 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19666 \(fn)" nil nil)
19668 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19669 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19670 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19671 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19672 call CMD.
19674 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19677 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19678 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19679 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19681 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19682 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19683 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19685 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19687 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19688 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19689 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19691 \(fn)" t nil)
19693 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19694 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19695 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19696 Org-mode syntax.
19698 \(fn)" t nil)
19700 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19701 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19703 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19705 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19706 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19708 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19709 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19710 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19711 returned as a list.
19713 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19714 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19715 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19716 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19717 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19718 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19719 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19720 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19721 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19722 position.
19724 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19725 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19726 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19727 visited by the iteration.
19729 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19731 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19732 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19733 region The entries within the active region, if any
19734 file The current buffer, without restriction
19735 file-with-archives
19736 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19737 agenda All agenda files
19738 agenda-with-archives
19739 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19740 \(file1 file2 ...)
19741 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19743 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19744 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19746 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19747 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19748 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19749 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19750 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19751 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19752 function leaves it.
19754 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19755 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19756 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19757 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19758 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19759 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19760 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19761 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19763 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19766 Switch between Org buffers.
19767 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19768 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19770 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19771 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19775 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19777 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19779 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19780 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19781 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19782 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19784 \(fn)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19787 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19789 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19791 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19792 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19793 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19795 \(fn)" t nil)
19797 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19800 \(fn)" t nil)
19802 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19803 Reload all org lisp files.
19804 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19806 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19809 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19811 \(fn)" t nil)
19813 ;;;***
19815 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19816 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19817 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19818 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19819 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20065 65310))
19820 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19822 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19823 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19824 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19825 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19827 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19828 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19829 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19830 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19831 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19832 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19833 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19834 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19835 e Export views to associated files.
19836 s Search entries for keywords.
19837 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19838 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19839 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19840 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19841 > Remove a previous restriction.
19842 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19843 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19844 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19846 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19847 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19848 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19850 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19851 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19852 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19853 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19854 \(if active).
19856 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19858 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19859 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19860 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19861 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19862 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19863 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19864 before running the agenda command.
19866 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19868 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19869 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19870 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19871 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19872 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19873 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19874 before running the agenda command.
19876 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19877 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19879 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19881 category The category of the item
19882 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19883 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19884 todo selected in TODO match
19885 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19886 diary imported from diary
19887 deadline a deadline on given date
19888 scheduled scheduled on given date
19889 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19890 closed entry was closed on given date
19891 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19892 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19893 block entry has date block including g. date
19894 todo The todo keyword, if any
19895 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19896 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19897 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19898 extra Sting with extra planning info
19899 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19900 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19901 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19903 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19905 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19908 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19911 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19913 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19915 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19916 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19917 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19918 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19920 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19921 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19922 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19924 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19925 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19927 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19929 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19930 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19932 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19933 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19934 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19935 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19936 EDIT-AT.
19938 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19939 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19940 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19941 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19942 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19943 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19945 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19946 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19947 including newlines.
19949 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19950 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19951 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19952 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19953 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19954 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19955 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19957 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19958 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19959 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19960 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19962 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19963 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19964 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19965 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19966 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19967 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19968 Boolean search must match as full words.
19970 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19971 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19973 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19976 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19977 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19978 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19979 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19980 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19982 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19984 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19985 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19986 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19988 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19991 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19992 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19993 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19994 `org-stuck-projects'.
19996 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19998 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19999 Return diary information from org-files.
20000 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20001 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20002 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20003 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20004 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20006 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20008 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20010 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20011 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20013 &%%(org-diary)
20015 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20016 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20017 So the example above may also be written as
20019 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20021 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20022 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20023 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20025 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20028 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20030 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20032 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20033 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20034 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20039 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20040 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20041 appointments.
20043 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20044 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20046 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20047 for filtering entries out.
20049 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20050 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20052 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20053 (category \"Work\"))
20055 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20056 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20058 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20060 ;;;***
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20063 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20064 ;;;;;; (20045 30713))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20067 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20068 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20069 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20071 \(fn)" t nil)
20073 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20074 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20075 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20077 \(fn)" t nil)
20079 ;;;***
20081 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20082 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20083 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20084 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20045
20085 ;;;;;; 30713))
20086 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20088 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20089 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20091 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20093 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20094 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20096 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20098 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20099 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20101 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20103 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20104 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20106 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20108 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20109 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20110 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20112 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20114 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20115 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20116 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20117 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20118 command to convert it.
20120 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20122 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20123 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20124 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20125 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20126 cut-and-paste operations.
20127 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20128 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20129 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20130 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20132 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20134 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20135 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20137 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20139 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20140 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20141 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20142 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20143 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20144 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20145 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20146 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20147 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20148 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20149 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20150 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20151 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20152 publishing directory.
20154 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20156 ;;;***
20158 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20045
20159 ;;;;;; 30713))
20160 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20162 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20163 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20164 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20168 ;;;***
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20171 ;;;;;; (20045 30713))
20172 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20174 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20175 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20177 \(fn)" nil nil)
20179 ;;;***
20181 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20182 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20065 65310))
20183 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20185 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20186 Capture something.
20187 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20188 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20189 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20190 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20191 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20192 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20194 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20195 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20196 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20197 stored.
20199 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20201 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20202 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20203 bypassed.
20205 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20207 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20210 \(fn)" nil nil)
20212 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20213 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20215 \(fn)" t nil)
20217 ;;;***
20219 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20220 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20065 65310))
20221 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20223 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20224 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20225 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20226 fontified, and then returned.
20228 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20230 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20231 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20233 \(fn)" nil nil)
20235 ;;;***
20237 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20238 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20045 30713))
20239 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20241 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20242 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20243 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20244 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20245 tree can be found.
20247 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20249 ;;;***
20251 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20252 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20253 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20254 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20045 30713))
20255 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20257 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20258 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20259 This function can be used in batch processing.
20261 For example:
20263 $ emacs --batch
20264 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20265 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20267 \(fn)" nil nil)
20269 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20270 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20271 No file is created.
20273 \(fn)" t nil)
20275 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20276 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20277 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20278 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20279 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20280 then use this command to convert it.
20282 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20284 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20285 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20286 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20287 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20288 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20289 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20290 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20291 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20292 could call this function in the following way:
20294 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20296 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20297 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20299 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20301 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20302 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20304 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20306 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20307 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20311 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20312 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20313 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20314 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20315 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20316 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20317 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20318 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20319 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20320 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20321 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20322 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20323 publishing directory.
20325 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20327 ;;;***
20329 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20330 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20331 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20334 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20335 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20336 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20337 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20338 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20340 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20341 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20342 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20344 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20345 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20346 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20350 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20351 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20352 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20353 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20354 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20355 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20356 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20357 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20358 command.
20360 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20362 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20363 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20364 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20365 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20366 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20368 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20369 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20370 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20371 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20373 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20374 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20375 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20377 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20378 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20379 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20380 directory.
20382 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20384 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20385 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20387 \(fn)" t nil)
20389 ;;;***
20391 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20392 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20065
20393 ;;;;;; 65310))
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20396 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20397 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20399 \(fn)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20402 Get inbox items from FEED.
20403 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20404 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20406 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20408 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20409 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20411 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20413 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20414 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20416 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20418 ;;;***
20420 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20421 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20045 30715))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20424 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20425 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20427 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20429 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20430 to create them otherwise.
20432 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20433 interactively.
20435 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20437 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20439 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20440 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20442 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20443 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20444 Org-mode exporters.
20446 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20447 referenced sequence.
20449 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20450 export properties of the buffer.
20452 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20453 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing buffer.
20454 Some exporters like docbook, odt, etc. expect that footnote
20455 definitions be available before any references to them. Such
20456 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor' to
20457 symbol 'point-min to achieve the desired behaviour.
20459 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20460 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20461 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20462 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20463 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20465 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20467 ;;;***
20469 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20470 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20471 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20472 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20045 31431))
20473 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20475 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20476 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20477 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20478 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20479 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20480 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20481 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20482 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20483 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20484 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20485 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20486 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20487 directory.
20489 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20491 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20493 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20494 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20496 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20498 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20499 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20500 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20502 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20504 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20505 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20506 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20507 have them in `org-mode'.
20509 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20510 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20511 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20512 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20513 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20514 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20516 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20518 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20519 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20521 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20523 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20524 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20526 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20528 ;;;***
20530 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20531 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20532 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20533 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20065 65310))
20534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20536 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20538 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20540 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20542 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20543 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20544 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20545 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20546 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20548 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20550 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20551 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20552 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20553 emacs --batch
20554 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20555 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20556 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20558 \(fn)" nil nil)
20560 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20561 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20562 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20566 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20567 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20568 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20569 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20570 command to convert it.
20572 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20575 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20576 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20577 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20578 cut-and-paste operations.
20579 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20580 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20581 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20582 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20584 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20586 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20587 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20589 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20592 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20593 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20594 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20595 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20596 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20597 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20598 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20599 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20600 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20601 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20602 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20603 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20604 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20605 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20607 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20609 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20610 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20611 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20612 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20613 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20614 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20615 need into your CSS file.
20617 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20618 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20619 that uses these same face definitions.
20621 \(fn)" t nil)
20623 ;;;***
20625 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20626 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20627 ;;;;;; (20045 30716))
20628 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20630 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20631 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20632 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20633 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20635 \(fn)" t nil)
20637 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20638 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20639 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20640 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20642 \(fn)" t nil)
20644 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20645 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20646 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20648 \(fn)" t nil)
20650 ;;;***
20652 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20653 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20654 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20655 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20656 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20658 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20659 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20660 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20661 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20663 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20665 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20666 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20667 Create an ID if necessary.
20669 \(fn)" t nil)
20671 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20672 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20673 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20674 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20675 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20676 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20677 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20679 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20681 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20682 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20683 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20684 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20685 eligible.
20686 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20688 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20690 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20691 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20692 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20693 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20695 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20697 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20698 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20699 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20701 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20703 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20704 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20705 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20706 if there is no entry with that ID.
20707 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20709 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20711 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20712 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20714 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20716 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20717 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20719 \(fn)" t nil)
20721 ;;;***
20723 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20724 ;;;;;; (20045 30716))
20725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20727 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20728 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20730 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20731 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20732 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20736 ;;;***
20738 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20739 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20740 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20742 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20743 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20745 \(fn)" nil nil)
20747 ;;;***
20749 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20750 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20751 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20752 ;;;;;; (20045 30716))
20753 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20755 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20756 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20757 For example:
20759 emacs --batch
20760 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20761 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20762 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20764 \(fn)" nil nil)
20766 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20767 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20768 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20772 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20773 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20774 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20775 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20776 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20777 then use this command to convert it.
20779 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20781 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20782 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20783 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20784 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20785 cut-and-paste operations.
20786 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20787 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20788 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20789 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20791 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20793 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20794 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20796 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20798 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20799 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20800 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20801 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20802 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20803 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20804 convert them as description lists.
20805 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20806 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20807 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20808 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20809 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20810 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20811 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20812 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20813 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20814 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20815 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20817 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20819 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20820 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20822 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20824 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20825 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20827 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20829 ;;;***
20831 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20832 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20065
20833 ;;;;;; 65310))
20834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20836 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20837 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20838 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20839 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20841 \(fn)" t nil)
20843 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20844 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20845 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20846 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20848 \(fn)" t nil)
20850 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20851 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20853 \(fn)" t nil)
20855 ;;;***
20857 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20858 ;;;;;; (20045 30717))
20859 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20861 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20862 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20863 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20864 line directly before or after the table.
20866 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20868 ;;;***
20870 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20871 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20872 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20873 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20875 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20877 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20878 Publish PROJECT.
20880 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20883 Publish all projects.
20884 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20885 directory and force publishing all files.
20887 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20889 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20890 Publish the current file.
20891 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20893 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20896 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20897 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20898 the project.
20900 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20902 ;;;***
20904 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20905 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20906 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20065 65310))
20907 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20909 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20910 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20912 \(fn)" nil nil)
20914 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20915 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20916 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20917 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20918 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20920 \(fn)" nil nil)
20922 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20923 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20924 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20925 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20927 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20929 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20930 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20931 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20932 of the remember buffer.
20934 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20935 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20936 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20937 note stored by remember.
20939 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20940 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20942 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20944 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20945 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20946 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20947 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20948 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20949 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20950 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20951 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20952 process is used to select the target location.
20954 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20955 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20957 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20958 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20959 currently running.
20961 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20962 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20963 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20964 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20966 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20967 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20968 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20969 some additional data.
20971 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20972 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20973 \(i.e. after the stars).
20975 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20977 \(fn)" nil nil)
20979 ;;;***
20981 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20982 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20045 30718))
20983 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20985 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20986 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20988 \(fn)" nil nil)
20990 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20991 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20995 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20996 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20997 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20998 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20999 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21001 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21003 ;;;***
21005 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21006 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20045 30718))
21007 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21009 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21010 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21011 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21012 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21013 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21014 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21015 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21016 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21017 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21018 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21019 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21020 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21022 \(fn)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21025 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21026 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21030 ;;;***
21032 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21033 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21034 ;;;;;; (20045 30718))
21035 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21037 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21038 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21039 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21040 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21041 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21042 without user interaction.
21043 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21044 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21045 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21046 the region 0:00:00.
21048 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21050 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21051 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21052 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21053 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21054 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21055 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21056 that was not started at the correct moment.
21058 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21059 it in the buffer.
21061 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21064 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21066 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21069 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21074 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21076 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21077 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21078 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21080 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21081 the duration of the timer.
21083 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21084 without prompting the user for a duration.
21086 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21087 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21088 replace any running timer.
21090 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21092 ;;;***
21094 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21095 ;;;;;; (20045 30719))
21096 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21098 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21099 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21100 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21102 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21104 ;;;***
21106 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21107 ;;;;;; (20087 5852))
21108 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21109 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21110 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21112 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21113 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21114 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21115 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21117 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21118 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21119 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21120 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21122 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21123 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21124 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21125 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21126 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21127 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21129 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21130 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21131 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21133 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21134 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21135 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21136 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21137 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21138 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21139 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21140 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21141 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21142 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21143 The subheadings remain visible.
21144 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21146 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21147 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21148 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21150 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21151 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21153 \(fn)" t nil)
21155 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21156 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21157 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
21158 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21161 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21163 ;;;***
21165 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21166 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
21167 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21168 ;;;;;; (20098 4366))
21169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21171 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21172 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21173 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21174 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21175 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21177 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21178 activate the package system at any time.")
21180 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21182 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21183 Install the package named NAME.
21184 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21185 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21187 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21189 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21190 Install a package from the current buffer.
21191 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21192 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21193 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21195 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21196 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21197 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21199 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21201 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21202 Install a package from a file.
21203 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21205 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21207 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21208 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21209 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21210 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21212 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21214 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21215 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21217 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21220 Display a list of packages.
21221 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21222 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21223 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21225 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21227 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21229 ;;;***
21231 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20076 35541))
21232 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21234 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21235 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21236 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21238 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21239 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21241 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21243 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21244 Toggle Show Paren mode.
21245 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
21246 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
21248 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
21249 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21253 ;;;***
21255 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21256 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21257 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21258 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21260 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21261 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21262 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21263 unknown are returned as nil.
21265 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21267 ;;;***
21269 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19968
21270 ;;;;;; 28627))
21271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21273 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21274 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21275 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21277 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21278 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21280 Other useful functions are:
21282 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21283 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21284 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21285 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21286 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21287 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21288 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21289 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21290 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21292 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21294 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21295 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21296 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21297 Indentation for case statements.
21298 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21299 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21300 mark after an end.
21301 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21302 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21303 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21304 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21305 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21306 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21307 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21308 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21309 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21310 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21312 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21313 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21315 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21316 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21318 \(fn)" t nil)
21320 ;;;***
21322 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21323 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20089 47591))
21324 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21326 (defvar password-cache t "\
21327 Whether to cache passwords.")
21329 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21331 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21332 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21333 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21335 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21337 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21338 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21340 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21342 ;;;***
21344 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21345 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21348 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21349 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21350 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21352 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21353 _ matches anything.
21354 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21355 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21356 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21357 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21358 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21359 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21360 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21361 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21362 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21364 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21365 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21366 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21367 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21368 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21369 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21371 PRED can take the form
21372 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21373 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21374 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21375 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21376 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21377 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21378 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21380 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21382 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21384 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21385 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21386 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21387 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21389 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21391 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21393 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21394 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21395 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21396 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21398 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21400 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21402 ;;;***
21404 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20100
21405 ;;;;;; 17869))
21406 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21408 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21409 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21411 \(fn)" nil nil)
21413 ;;;***
21415 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21416 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20102 59597))
21417 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21419 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21420 Completion for `gzip'.
21422 \(fn)" nil nil)
21424 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21425 Completion for `bzip2'.
21427 \(fn)" nil nil)
21429 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21430 Completion for GNU `make'.
21432 \(fn)" nil nil)
21434 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21435 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21437 \(fn)" nil nil)
21439 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21441 ;;;***
21443 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21444 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19986 58615))
21445 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21447 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21448 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21450 \(fn)" nil nil)
21452 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21453 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21455 \(fn)" nil nil)
21457 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21458 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21460 \(fn)" nil nil)
21462 ;;;***
21464 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19961
21465 ;;;;;; 55377))
21466 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21468 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21469 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21471 \(fn)" nil nil)
21473 ;;;***
21475 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21476 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21477 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19845 45374))
21478 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21480 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21481 Completion for `cd'.
21483 \(fn)" nil nil)
21485 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21487 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21488 Completion for `rmdir'.
21490 \(fn)" nil nil)
21492 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21493 Completion for `rm'.
21495 \(fn)" nil nil)
21497 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21498 Completion for `xargs'.
21500 \(fn)" nil nil)
21502 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21504 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21505 Completion for `which'.
21507 \(fn)" nil nil)
21509 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21510 Completion for the `chown' command.
21512 \(fn)" nil nil)
21514 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21515 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21517 \(fn)" nil nil)
21519 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21520 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21522 \(fn)" nil nil)
21524 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21525 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21526 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21528 \(fn)" nil nil)
21530 ;;;***
21532 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21533 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21534 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20088
21535 ;;;;;; 26718))
21536 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21538 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21539 Support extensible programmable completion.
21540 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21541 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21543 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21546 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21548 \(fn)" t nil)
21550 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21551 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21552 This will modify the current buffer.
21554 \(fn)" t nil)
21556 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21557 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21559 \(fn)" t nil)
21561 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21562 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21563 This will modify the current buffer.
21565 \(fn)" t nil)
21567 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21568 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21570 \(fn)" t nil)
21572 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21573 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21575 \(fn)" t nil)
21577 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21578 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21579 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21580 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21581 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21583 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21585 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21586 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21588 \(fn)" nil nil)
21590 ;;;***
21592 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21593 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21594 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19845 45374))
21595 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21597 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21598 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21599 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21600 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21602 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21604 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21606 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21607 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21608 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21609 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21610 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21611 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21612 FLAGS is ignored.
21614 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21616 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21617 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21618 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21619 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21620 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21621 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21622 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21623 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21625 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21627 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21628 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21629 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21630 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21631 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21632 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21633 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21634 passed to cvs.
21636 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21639 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21640 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21641 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21642 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21643 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21644 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21646 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21648 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21649 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21650 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21652 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21654 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21655 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21656 A value of nil means never do it.
21657 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21658 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21659 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21661 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21663 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21664 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21665 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21667 ;;;***
21669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20062 2656))
21670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21672 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21674 ;;;***
21676 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21677 ;;;;;; (20098 62550))
21678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21679 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21680 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21681 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21682 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21683 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21684 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21686 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21687 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21688 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21689 Tab indents for Perl code.
21690 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21691 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21692 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21693 \\{perl-mode-map}
21694 Variables controlling indentation style:
21695 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21696 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21697 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21698 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21699 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21700 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21701 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21702 `perl-nochange'
21703 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21704 `perl-indent-level'
21705 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21706 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21707 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21708 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21709 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21710 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21711 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21712 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21713 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21714 `perl-brace-offset'
21715 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21716 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21717 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21718 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21719 `perl-label-offset'
21720 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21721 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21722 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21724 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21725 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21726 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21727 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21728 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21729 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21730 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21732 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21734 \(fn)" t nil)
21736 ;;;***
21738 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21739 ;;;;;; (20093 44623))
21740 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21742 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21743 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21744 \\<picture-mode-map>
21745 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21746 afterwards settable by these commands:
21748 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21749 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21750 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21751 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21753 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21754 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21755 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21756 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21758 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21759 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21760 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21761 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21763 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21764 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21765 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21766 with these commands:
21768 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21769 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21770 Move to column following last
21771 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21772 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21773 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21774 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21775 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21776 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21778 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21780 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21781 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21782 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21783 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21784 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21785 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21787 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21788 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21789 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21790 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21791 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21792 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21793 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21795 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21796 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21797 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21798 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21799 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21800 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21801 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21802 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21804 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21805 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21806 by supplying an argument.
21808 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21810 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21811 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21813 \(fn)" t nil)
21815 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21817 ;;;***
21819 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20097
21820 ;;;;;; 41737))
21821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21823 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21824 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21826 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21828 ;;;***
21830 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21831 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21832 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21834 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21835 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21836 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21838 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21840 ;;;***
21842 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
21843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21845 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21846 Play pong and waste time.
21847 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21848 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21850 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21852 \\{pong-mode-map}
21854 \(fn)" t nil)
21856 ;;;***
21858 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20097 41737))
21859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21861 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21862 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21863 Use streaming commands.
21865 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21867 ;;;***
21869 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21870 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21871 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21874 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21875 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21876 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21877 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21879 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21881 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21882 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21884 \(fn)" nil nil)
21886 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21887 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21888 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21889 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21890 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21892 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21894 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21895 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21896 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21898 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21900 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21901 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21903 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21905 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21906 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21907 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21908 Ignores leading comment characters.
21910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21912 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21913 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21914 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21915 Ignores leading comment characters.
21917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21919 ;;;***
21921 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21922 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21923 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21924 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21925 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21926 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21927 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21928 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21929 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21930 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21931 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21932 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21933 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21934 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21935 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21936 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21937 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21938 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21939 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
21940 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21942 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21943 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21945 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21947 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21949 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21951 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21952 Preview directory using ghostview.
21954 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21955 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21956 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21957 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21959 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21960 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21961 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21962 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21963 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21964 file name.
21966 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21968 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21970 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21971 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21973 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21974 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21975 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21976 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21978 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21979 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21980 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21981 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21982 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21983 file name.
21985 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21987 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21989 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21990 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21992 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21993 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21994 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21995 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21997 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21998 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21999 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22000 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22001 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22002 file name.
22004 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22006 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22008 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22009 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22011 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22014 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22015 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22016 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22018 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22019 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22020 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22021 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22022 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22023 file name.
22025 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22027 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22029 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22030 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22032 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22033 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22034 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22036 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22037 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22038 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22039 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22041 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22043 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22044 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22046 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22047 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22048 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22050 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22051 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22052 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22053 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22055 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22057 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22058 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22060 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22061 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22062 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22064 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22065 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22066 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22067 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22069 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22071 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22072 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22074 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22076 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22077 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22078 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22080 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22081 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22082 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22083 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22087 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22088 Preview region using ghostview.
22090 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22094 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22095 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22097 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22099 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22101 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22102 Print region using PostScript printer.
22104 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22106 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22108 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22109 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22111 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22113 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22115 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22116 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22118 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22120 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22122 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22123 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22125 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22127 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22129 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22130 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22132 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22134 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22136 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22137 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22139 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22141 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22143 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22144 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22145 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22146 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22148 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22149 matching.
22151 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22152 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22154 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22156 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22158 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22159 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22160 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22161 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22163 \(fn)" t nil)
22165 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22166 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22167 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22168 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22170 \(fn)" t nil)
22172 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22173 Print directory using text printer.
22175 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22176 matching.
22178 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22179 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22181 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22183 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22185 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22186 Print buffer using text printer.
22188 \(fn)" t nil)
22190 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22191 Print region using text printer.
22193 \(fn)" t nil)
22195 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22196 Print major mode using text printer.
22198 \(fn)" t nil)
22200 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22201 Preview spooled PostScript.
22203 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22204 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22205 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22207 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22208 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22209 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22211 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22213 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22214 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22216 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22217 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22218 instead of sending it to the printer.
22220 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22221 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22222 image in a file with that name.
22224 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22226 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22227 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22229 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22230 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22231 instead of sending it to the printer.
22233 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22234 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22235 image in a file with that name.
22237 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22239 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22240 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22242 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22243 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22244 instead of sending it to the printer.
22246 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22247 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22248 image in a file with that name.
22250 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22252 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22253 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22255 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22257 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22258 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22260 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22262 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22263 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22265 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22267 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22268 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22270 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22272 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22273 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22275 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22277 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22278 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22280 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22281 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22282 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22283 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22285 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22286 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22287 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22288 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22289 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22290 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22291 file name.
22293 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22295 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22296 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22300 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22301 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22303 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22304 right.
22305 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22306 bottom.
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22310 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22311 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22313 \(fn)" t nil)
22315 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22316 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22318 \(fn)" t nil)
22320 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22321 Toggle printing with faces.
22323 \(fn)" t nil)
22325 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22326 Toggle spooling.
22328 \(fn)" t nil)
22330 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22331 Toggle duplex.
22333 \(fn)" t nil)
22335 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22336 Toggle tumble.
22338 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22339 right.
22340 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22341 bottom.
22343 \(fn)" t nil)
22345 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22346 Toggle landscape.
22348 \(fn)" t nil)
22350 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22351 Toggle upside-down.
22353 \(fn)" t nil)
22355 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22356 Toggle line number.
22358 \(fn)" t nil)
22360 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22361 Toggle zebra stripes.
22363 \(fn)" t nil)
22365 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22366 Toggle printing header.
22368 \(fn)" t nil)
22370 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22371 Toggle printing header frame.
22373 \(fn)" t nil)
22375 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22376 Toggle menu lock.
22378 \(fn)" t nil)
22380 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22381 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22383 \(fn)" t nil)
22385 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22386 Toggle auto mode.
22388 \(fn)" t nil)
22390 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22391 Customization of the `printing' group.
22393 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22395 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22396 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22398 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22400 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22401 Help for the printing package.
22403 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22406 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22408 \(fn)" t nil)
22410 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22411 Interactively select a text printer.
22413 \(fn)" t nil)
22415 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22416 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22418 \(fn)" t nil)
22420 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22421 Show current ps-print settings.
22423 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22425 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22426 Show current printing settings.
22428 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22430 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22431 Show current lpr settings.
22433 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22435 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22436 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22438 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22439 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22440 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22441 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22444 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22446 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22447 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22448 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22450 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22451 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22452 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22453 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22454 current active printer.
22456 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22457 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22458 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22459 printer.
22461 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22462 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22463 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22464 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22465 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22468 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22469 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22471 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22473 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22474 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22475 be done using the new current active printer.
22477 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22478 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22479 printer.
22481 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22482 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22483 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22484 instead of sending it to the printer.
22486 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22487 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22488 printer.
22490 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22493 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22494 are both set to t.
22496 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22498 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22499 Fast fire function for text printing.
22501 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22502 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22503 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22504 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22506 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22507 user for a new active text printer.
22509 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22511 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22513 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22514 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22515 printer.
22517 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22519 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22520 are both set to t.
22522 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22524 ;;;***
22526 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20053 39261))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22529 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22530 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22531 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22532 information will be displayed but not selected.
22533 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22535 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22539 ;;;***
22541 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22542 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19890 42850))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22545 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22546 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22548 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22549 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22551 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22553 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22554 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22556 Commands:
22557 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22558 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22559 if that value is non-nil.
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22563 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22564 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22565 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22567 \(fn)" t nil)
22569 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22570 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22571 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22573 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22575 ;;;***
22577 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22578 ;;;;;; 45374))
22579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22581 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22582 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22583 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22585 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22587 ;;;***
22589 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19961
22590 ;;;;;; 55377))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22593 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22594 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22596 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22598 The following variables hold user options, and can
22599 be set through the `customize' command:
22601 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22602 `ps-mode-tab'
22603 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22604 `ps-mode-print-function'
22605 `ps-run-prompt'
22606 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22607 `ps-run-x'
22608 `ps-run-dumb'
22609 `ps-run-init'
22610 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22611 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22613 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22616 \\{ps-mode-map}
22619 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22620 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22621 The keymap for this second window is:
22623 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22626 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22627 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22628 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22629 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22630 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22632 \(fn)" t nil)
22634 ;;;***
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22637 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22638 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22639 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22640 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22641 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20088
22642 ;;;;;; 26764))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22645 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22646 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22647 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22649 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22651 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22652 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22653 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22654 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22656 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22658 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22659 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22661 Valid values are:
22663 nil Do not print colors.
22665 t Print colors.
22667 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22668 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22670 Any other value is treated as t.")
22672 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22674 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22675 Customization of ps-print group.
22677 \(fn)" t nil)
22679 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22680 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22682 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22683 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22684 sending it to the printer.
22686 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22687 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22688 image in a file with that name.
22690 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22692 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22693 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22694 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22695 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22696 so it has a way to determine color values.
22698 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22700 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22701 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22702 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22704 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22706 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22707 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22708 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22709 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22710 so it has a way to determine color values.
22712 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22714 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22715 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22716 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22717 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22719 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22721 \(fn)" t nil)
22723 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22724 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22725 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22726 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22727 so it has a way to determine color values.
22729 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22731 \(fn)" t nil)
22733 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22734 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22735 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22737 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22739 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22741 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22742 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22743 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22744 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22745 so it has a way to determine color values.
22747 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22749 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22751 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22752 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22754 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22755 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22756 instead of sending it to the printer.
22758 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22759 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22760 image in a file with that name.
22762 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22764 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22765 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22766 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22767 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22768 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22770 \(fn)" t nil)
22772 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22773 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22774 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22776 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22778 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22779 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22780 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22782 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22784 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22785 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22787 \(fn)" nil nil)
22789 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22790 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22792 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22793 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22795 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22796 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22798 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22800 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22802 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22804 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22805 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22807 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22808 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22810 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22811 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22813 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22815 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22817 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22819 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22820 foreground and background colors respectively.
22822 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22823 bold - use bold font.
22824 italic - use italic font.
22825 underline - put a line under text.
22826 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22827 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22828 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22829 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22830 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22832 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22834 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22836 ;;;***
22838 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
22839 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20076 35541))
22840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22842 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22844 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22846 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22848 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22849 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22850 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22851 show the buffer automatically.
22853 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22854 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22856 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22857 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22858 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22859 switch to that buffer.
22861 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22862 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22863 process buffer for a list of commands.
22865 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22866 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22867 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22869 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22871 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
22872 Set up info-look for Python.
22873 Used with `eval-after-load'.
22875 \(fn)" nil nil)
22877 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22878 Major mode for editing Python files.
22879 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22880 for correct parsing of the source.
22881 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22882 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22883 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22885 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22886 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22887 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22888 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22889 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22890 \\<python-mode-map>
22891 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22892 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22893 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22894 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22895 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22896 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22898 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22899 effect outside them.
22901 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22902 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22903 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22904 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22905 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22906 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22907 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22908 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22909 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22911 \\{python-mode-map}
22913 \(fn)" t nil)
22915 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22916 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22917 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22918 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22920 \(fn)" t nil)
22922 ;;;***
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22925 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22928 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22929 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22930 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22931 coding-system.
22933 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22934 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22936 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22937 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22938 them into characters should be done separately.
22940 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22942 ;;;***
22944 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22945 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22946 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22947 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22948 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19943 25429))
22949 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22951 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22952 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22954 \(fn)" nil nil)
22956 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22957 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22958 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22960 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22961 `quail-activate', which see.
22963 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22965 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22966 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22967 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22968 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22969 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22970 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22971 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22973 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22974 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22975 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22976 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22977 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22978 shown.
22979 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22981 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22982 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22983 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22984 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22985 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22986 list of candidates.
22988 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22989 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22990 command to be called.
22992 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22993 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22994 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22995 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22997 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22998 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22999 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23000 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23001 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23002 to t.
23004 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23005 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23006 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23007 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23009 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23010 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23011 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23012 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23014 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23015 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23016 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23017 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23018 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23019 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23021 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23022 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23023 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23024 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23025 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23026 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23028 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23029 covers Quail translation region.
23031 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23032 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23033 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23034 for it) is inserted.
23036 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23037 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23038 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23040 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23041 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23042 non-Quail commands.
23044 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23046 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23047 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23049 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23050 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23051 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23052 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23053 you type is correctly handled.
23055 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23057 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23058 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23060 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23061 keyboard type.
23063 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23065 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23066 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23067 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23068 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23069 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23070 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23071 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23072 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23073 for the translation.
23074 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23076 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23077 it is used to handle KEY.
23079 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23080 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23081 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23082 the following annotation types are supported.
23084 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23085 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23087 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23088 candidate list.
23090 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23091 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23092 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23093 inserted.
23095 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23096 generated for the following translations.
23098 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23100 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23101 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23103 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23104 which to install MAP.
23106 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23108 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23110 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23111 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23113 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23114 which to install MAP.
23116 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23118 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23120 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23121 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23122 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23123 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23124 a function, or a cons.
23125 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23126 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23127 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23128 for the translation.
23129 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23130 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23131 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23132 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23133 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23135 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23136 it is used to handle KEY.
23138 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23139 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23140 current Quail package.
23142 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23143 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23145 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23147 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23148 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23150 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23151 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23153 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23155 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23156 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23158 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23160 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23161 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23162 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23163 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23164 of the Emacs source tree.
23166 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23167 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23169 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23170 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23171 of each directory.
23173 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23175 ;;;***
23177 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23178 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23179 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20098
23180 ;;;;;; 62550))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23183 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23184 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23185 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23186 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23188 To make use of this do something like:
23190 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23192 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23194 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23195 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23197 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23198 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23199 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23201 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23203 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23204 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23206 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23208 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23209 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23211 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23212 is decided.
23214 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23216 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23217 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23219 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23220 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23221 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23223 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23225 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23226 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23228 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23230 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23231 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23233 \(fn)" t nil)
23235 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23236 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23238 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23240 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23242 \(fn)" t nil)
23244 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23245 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23247 \(fn)" t nil)
23249 ;;;***
23251 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23252 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20073 59352))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23255 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23256 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23258 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23260 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23262 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23264 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23266 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23269 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23271 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23272 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23273 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23276 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23278 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23280 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23281 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23285 ;;;***
23287 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
23288 ;;;;;; 45374))
23289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23291 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23292 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23293 See \\[compile].
23295 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23297 ;;;***
23299 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23300 ;;;;;; (19975 1875))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23303 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23305 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23306 Construct a regexp interactively.
23307 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23308 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23309 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23311 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23312 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23314 \(fn)" t nil)
23316 ;;;***
23318 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19886 45771))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23321 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23322 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23323 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23325 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23326 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23328 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23330 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23331 Toggle recentf mode.
23332 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
23333 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
23335 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
23336 that were operated on recently.
23338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23340 ;;;***
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23343 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23344 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23345 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23346 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
23347 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23348 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23349 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23350 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23351 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23352 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23353 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23354 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23356 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23357 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23358 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23359 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23360 ends.
23362 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23363 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23364 to be deleted.
23366 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23368 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23369 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23370 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23372 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23373 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23374 deleted.
23376 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23378 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23379 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23380 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23382 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23384 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23385 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23387 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23388 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23390 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23391 deleted.
23393 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23394 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23395 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23396 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23397 even beep.)
23399 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23401 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23402 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23404 \(fn)" t nil)
23406 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23407 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23408 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23409 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23410 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23411 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23412 and point is at the lower right corner.
23414 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23416 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23417 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23419 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23420 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23422 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23423 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23424 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23426 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23428 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23430 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23431 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23432 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23433 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23434 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23436 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23437 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23439 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23441 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23442 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23443 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23445 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23447 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23449 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23451 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23452 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23454 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23455 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23456 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23458 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23460 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23461 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23462 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23464 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23465 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23466 rectangle which were empty.
23468 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23470 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23471 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23473 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23474 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23475 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23476 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23478 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23480 ;;;***
23482 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19845
23483 ;;;;;; 45374))
23484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23486 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23487 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23488 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23490 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23491 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23492 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23496 ;;;***
23498 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23499 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19845 45374))
23500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23502 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23503 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23505 \(fn)" nil nil)
23507 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23508 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23510 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23511 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23513 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23514 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23515 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23516 \\ref macro.
23518 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23519 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23520 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23522 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23523 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23524 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23526 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23527 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23529 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23530 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23532 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23533 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23534 on the menu bar.
23536 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23540 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23541 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23542 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23544 \(fn)" nil nil)
23546 ;;;***
23548 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23549 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23550 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23552 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23553 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23554 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23555 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23556 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23557 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23559 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23561 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23563 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23564 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23565 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23566 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23567 `reftex-cite-format'.
23569 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23570 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23571 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23572 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23574 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23576 ;;;***
23578 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23579 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23582 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23583 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23584 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23585 the current TeX document.
23587 With no argument, this command toggles
23588 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23589 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23593 ;;;***
23595 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23596 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23599 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23600 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23601 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23603 To insert new phrases, use
23604 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23605 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23607 To index phrases use one of:
23609 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23610 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23611 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23612 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23613 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23615 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23616 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23618 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23620 Here are all local bindings.
23622 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23624 \(fn)" t nil)
23626 ;;;***
23628 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23629 ;;;;;; (19980 19797))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23632 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23633 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23634 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23635 of master file.
23637 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23639 ;;;***
23641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23642 ;;;;;; 45374))
23643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23644 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23645 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23646 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23647 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23649 ;;;***
23651 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23652 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23655 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23656 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23657 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23658 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23659 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23660 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23662 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23663 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23665 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23666 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23667 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23668 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23670 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23672 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23673 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23674 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23675 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23677 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23679 ;;;***
23681 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23682 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23683 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23684 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23686 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23687 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23688 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23689 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23691 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23693 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23695 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23696 Call `remember' in another frame.
23698 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23700 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23701 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23702 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23703 application.
23705 \(fn)" t nil)
23707 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23708 Extract diary entries from the region.
23710 \(fn)" nil nil)
23712 ;;;***
23714 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19951 19539))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23717 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23718 Repeat most recently executed command.
23719 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23720 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23721 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23723 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23724 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23725 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23726 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23728 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23729 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23730 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23732 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23734 ;;;***
23736 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23737 ;;;;;; (20076 35541))
23738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23740 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23741 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23743 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23744 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23745 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23746 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23747 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23748 and point is left after the salutation.
23750 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23751 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23752 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23753 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23754 left after that text.
23756 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23757 is non-nil.
23759 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23760 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23761 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23762 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23764 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23766 ;;;***
23768 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23769 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23770 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23772 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23773 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23774 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23775 visibility of comments that precede it.
23776 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23777 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23778 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23779 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23780 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23781 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23782 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23783 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23784 the comment lines.
23785 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23786 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23787 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23788 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23789 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23793 ;;;***
23795 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23796 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23799 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23800 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23801 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23803 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23804 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23805 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23809 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23810 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23811 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23814 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23816 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23818 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23819 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23820 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23822 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23823 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23824 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23828 ;;;***
23830 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23831 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23834 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23835 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23837 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23839 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23840 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23842 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23844 ;;;***
23846 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20077 56412))
23847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23849 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23850 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23851 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23852 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23854 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23856 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23857 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23858 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23859 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23861 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23862 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23864 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23865 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23867 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23868 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23869 INPUT-ARGS.
23871 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23872 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23873 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23874 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23875 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23877 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23878 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23879 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23880 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23882 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23883 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23884 variable.
23886 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23888 ;;;***
23890 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23891 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23892 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23893 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23894 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23895 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20093 44623))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23898 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23899 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23900 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23902 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23904 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23905 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23906 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23907 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23908 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23909 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23910 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23912 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23913 sent by you under different user names.
23914 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23916 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23920 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
23922 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23923 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23924 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23925 explicitly.")
23927 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23929 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23930 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23931 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23932 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23933 which normally happens once for each message,
23934 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23935 To make a change in this variable take effect
23936 for a message that you have already viewed,
23937 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23939 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23941 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23942 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23943 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23944 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23948 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23949 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23951 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23953 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23954 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23955 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23957 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23959 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23960 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23961 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23962 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23963 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23964 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23966 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23968 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23969 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23973 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23974 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23978 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23979 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23981 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23982 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23984 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23986 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23987 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23989 This is set to nil by default.")
23991 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23992 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23993 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23994 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23995 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23996 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23997 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23999 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24000 Read and edit incoming mail.
24001 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24002 file in RMAIL Mode.
24003 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24005 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24006 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24007 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24008 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24010 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24012 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24014 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24015 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24016 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24017 Instead, these commands are available:
24019 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24020 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24021 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24022 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24023 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24024 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24025 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24026 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24027 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24028 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24029 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24030 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24031 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24032 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24033 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24034 till a deleted message is found.
24035 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24036 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24037 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24038 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24039 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24040 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24041 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24042 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24043 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24044 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24045 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24046 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24047 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24048 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24049 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24050 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24051 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24052 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24053 (label defaults to last one specified).
24054 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24055 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24056 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24057 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24058 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24059 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24060 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24061 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24062 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24064 \(fn)" t nil)
24066 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24067 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24069 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24071 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24072 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24074 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24076 ;;;***
24078 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24079 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19845 45374))
24080 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24081 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24083 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24084 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24085 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24086 case it writes Babyl.
24088 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24089 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24090 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24091 `rmail-default-file'.
24093 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24094 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24095 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24097 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24098 the header display is currently pruned.
24100 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24101 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24102 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24103 messages after output.
24105 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24106 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24107 message (if writing a file directly).
24109 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24110 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24112 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24114 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24115 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24116 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24117 i) the header is output as currently seen
24118 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24119 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24121 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24122 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24123 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24125 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24127 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24128 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24129 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24130 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24131 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24132 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24133 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24135 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24136 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24137 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24139 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24141 ;;;***
24143 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24144 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24145 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24147 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24148 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24149 Return a pattern.
24151 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24153 ;;;***
24155 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24156 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24157 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24159 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24160 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24161 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24162 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24164 \(fn)" t nil)
24166 ;;;***
24168 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24169 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24170 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24172 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24173 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24175 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24176 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24177 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24178 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24179 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24180 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24181 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24182 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24183 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24184 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24186 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24187 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24188 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24189 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24190 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24191 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24192 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24193 to use for finding the schema.
24195 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24197 ;;;***
24199 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19930
24200 ;;;;;; 13389))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24203 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24205 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24206 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24207 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24208 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24209 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24210 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24211 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24212 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24213 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24214 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24215 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24216 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24217 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24218 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24219 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24220 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24221 must be equal.
24223 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24225 ;;;***
24227 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24228 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19845 45374))
24229 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24231 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24232 Define a robin package.
24234 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24235 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24236 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24237 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24239 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24240 one replaces the old one.
24242 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24244 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24245 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24247 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24248 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24249 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24251 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24253 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24254 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24256 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24258 ;;;***
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24261 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19845 45374))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24264 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24265 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24267 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24269 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24270 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24272 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24274 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24275 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24277 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24279 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24280 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24281 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24283 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24284 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24285 in ROT13.
24287 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24291 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24292 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24294 \(fn)" t nil)
24296 ;;;***
24298 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24299 ;;;;;; (19986 58615))
24300 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24301 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24303 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24304 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24305 \\<rst-mode-map>
24306 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24307 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24308 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24309 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24310 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24312 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24313 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24314 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24315 font-locking of blocks.
24317 \\{rst-mode-map}
24319 \(fn)" t nil)
24321 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24322 ReST Minor Mode.
24323 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24324 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24325 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24326 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24328 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24329 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24330 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24334 ;;;***
24336 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24337 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24340 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24341 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24342 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24343 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24344 nesting into account.
24346 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24348 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24350 \(fn)" t nil)
24352 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24354 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24356 ;;;***
24358 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19845
24359 ;;;;;; 45374))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24362 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24363 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24364 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24366 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24367 Toggle Ruler mode.
24368 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24372 ;;;***
24374 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19965
24375 ;;;;;; 52428))
24376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24378 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24379 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24380 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24381 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24383 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24385 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24386 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24387 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24389 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24390 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24391 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24393 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24394 notation.
24396 STRING
24397 matches string STRING literally.
24399 CHAR
24400 matches character CHAR literally.
24402 `not-newline', `nonl'
24403 matches any character except a newline.
24405 `anything'
24406 matches any character
24408 `(any SET ...)'
24409 `(in SET ...)'
24410 `(char SET ...)'
24411 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24412 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24413 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24415 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24416 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24417 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24418 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24420 `(not (any SET ...))'
24421 matches any character not in SET ...
24423 `line-start', `bol'
24424 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24425 in the text being matched
24427 `line-end', `eol'
24428 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24430 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24431 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24432 string being matched against.
24434 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24435 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24436 string being matched against.
24438 `buffer-start'
24439 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24440 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24442 `buffer-end'
24443 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24444 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24446 `point'
24447 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24449 `word-start', `bow'
24450 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24452 `word-end', `eow'
24453 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24455 `word-boundary'
24456 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24457 word.
24459 `(not word-boundary)'
24460 `not-word-boundary'
24461 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24462 word.
24464 `symbol-start'
24465 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24467 `symbol-end'
24468 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24470 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24471 matches 0 through 9.
24473 `control', `cntrl'
24474 matches ASCII control characters.
24476 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24477 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24479 `blank'
24480 matches space and tab only.
24482 `graphic', `graph'
24483 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24484 space, and DEL.
24486 `printing', `print'
24487 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24488 and DEL.
24490 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24491 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24492 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24494 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24495 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24496 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24498 `ascii'
24499 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24501 `nonascii'
24502 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24504 `lower', `lower-case'
24505 matches anything lower-case.
24507 `upper', `upper-case'
24508 matches anything upper-case.
24510 `punctuation', `punct'
24511 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24512 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24514 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24515 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24517 `word', `wordchar'
24518 matches anything that has word syntax.
24520 `not-wordchar'
24521 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24523 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24524 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24525 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24526 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24528 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24529 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24530 `word' (\\sw)
24531 `symbol' (\\s_)
24532 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24533 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24534 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24535 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24536 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24537 `escape' (\\s\\)
24538 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24539 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24540 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24541 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24542 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24544 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24545 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24547 `(category CATEGORY)'
24548 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24549 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24551 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24552 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24553 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24554 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24555 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24556 `symbol' (\\c5)
24557 `digit' (\\c6)
24558 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24559 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24560 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24561 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24562 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24563 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24564 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24565 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24566 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24567 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24568 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24569 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24570 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24571 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24572 `ascii' (\\ca)
24573 `arabic' (\\cb)
24574 `chinese' (\\cc)
24575 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24576 `greek' (\\cg)
24577 `korean' (\\ch)
24578 `indian' (\\ci)
24579 `japanese' (\\cj)
24580 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24581 `latin' (\\cl)
24582 `lao' (\\co)
24583 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24584 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24585 `thai' (\\ct)
24586 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24587 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24588 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24589 `can-break' (\\c|)
24591 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24592 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24594 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24595 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24596 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24597 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24598 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24600 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24601 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24602 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24603 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24605 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24606 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24607 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24608 group number N.
24610 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24611 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24612 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24613 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24614 regular expression.
24616 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24617 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24618 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24619 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24620 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24622 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24623 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24625 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24626 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24628 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24629 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24630 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24632 `(* SEXP ...)'
24633 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24634 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24636 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24637 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24638 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24640 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24641 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24642 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24644 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24645 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24647 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24648 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24650 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24651 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24652 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24653 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24655 `(? SEXP ...)'
24656 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24658 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24659 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24661 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24662 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24663 matches N occurrences.
24665 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24666 matches N or more occurrences.
24668 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24669 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24670 matches N to M occurrences.
24672 `(backref N)'
24673 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24675 `(eval FORM)'
24676 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24677 `regexp-quote' it.
24679 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24680 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24682 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24684 ;;;***
24686 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19886
24687 ;;;;;; 45771))
24688 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24690 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24691 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24692 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24695 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24697 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24699 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24700 Toggle savehist-mode.
24701 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24702 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24703 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24704 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24706 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24707 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24708 which is probably undesirable.
24710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24712 ;;;***
24714 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24715 ;;;;;; (20079 39251))
24716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24718 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24719 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24720 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24722 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24723 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24724 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24725 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24726 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24727 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24728 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24729 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24731 Commands:
24732 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24733 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24734 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24735 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24736 if that value is non-nil.
24738 \(fn)" t nil)
24740 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24741 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24742 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24744 Commands:
24745 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24746 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24747 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24748 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24749 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24750 that variable's value is a string.
24752 \(fn)" t nil)
24754 ;;;***
24756 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24757 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24760 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24761 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24762 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24764 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24766 \(fn)" t nil)
24768 ;;;***
24770 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24771 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24772 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24774 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24775 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24776 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24779 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24781 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24783 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24784 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24785 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24786 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24787 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24791 ;;;***
24793 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24794 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24797 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24798 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24799 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24800 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24801 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24802 during scrolling.
24804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24806 ;;;***
24808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19845 45374))
24809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24810 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24811 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24813 ;;;***
24815 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19981 40664))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24819 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24820 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24821 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24823 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24824 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24825 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24826 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24827 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24828 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24829 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24830 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24831 keybinding for tag names.")
24833 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24835 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24836 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24837 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24840 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24842 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24844 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24845 Toggle Semantic mode.
24846 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24848 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24849 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24850 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24851 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24852 Semantic mode.
24854 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24858 ;;;***
24860 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24861 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24862 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24863 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24864 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24865 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24866 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24867 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24868 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20092 23754))
24869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24871 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24872 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24874 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24875 king@grassland.com
24876 If `parens', they look like:
24877 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24878 If `angles', they look like:
24879 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24881 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24882 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24884 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24886 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24887 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24888 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24889 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24891 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24892 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24893 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24894 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24896 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24898 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24899 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24900 This is done when the message is initialized,
24901 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24903 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24905 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24906 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24907 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24909 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24911 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-query-once "\
24912 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24913 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24914 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24915 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24916 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24917 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24919 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24921 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24922 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24924 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24926 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24927 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24928 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24929 be a Babyl file.")
24931 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24933 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24934 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24935 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24936 when you first send mail.")
24938 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24940 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24941 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24942 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24943 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24944 This file need not actually exist.")
24946 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24948 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24949 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24951 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24953 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24954 Alist of mail address aliases,
24955 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24956 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24957 can specify a different file name.)
24958 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24959 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24961 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24962 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24963 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24965 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24967 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24968 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24969 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24971 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24973 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24974 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24975 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24976 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24977 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24978 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24979 in the cited portion of the message.
24981 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24982 instead of no action.")
24984 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24986 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24987 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24988 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24989 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24990 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24992 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24994 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24995 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24996 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24997 If a string, that string is inserted.
24998 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24999 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25000 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25001 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25003 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25005 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25006 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25008 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25010 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25011 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25012 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25014 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25015 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25017 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25019 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25020 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25021 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25022 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25024 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25026 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25027 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25028 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25030 \(fn)" nil nil)
25032 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25034 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25037 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25039 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25040 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25041 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25043 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25044 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25046 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25047 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25048 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25049 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25050 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25051 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25052 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25053 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25054 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25055 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25056 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25057 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25058 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25059 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25061 \(fn)" t nil)
25063 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25064 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25065 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25066 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25068 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25070 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25071 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25072 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25073 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25074 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25075 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25077 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25078 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25079 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25081 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25082 User should not set this variable manually,
25083 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25084 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25085 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25087 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25088 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25089 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25090 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25092 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25093 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25095 \\<mail-mode-map>
25096 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25098 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25099 to move to message header fields:
25100 \\{mail-mode-map}
25102 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25103 when the message is initialized.
25105 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25106 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25108 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25109 is inserted.
25111 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25112 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25114 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25115 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25116 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25117 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25118 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25119 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25120 buffer without erasing the contents.
25122 The second through fifth arguments,
25123 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25124 the initial contents of those header fields.
25125 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25126 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25127 original message being replied to, or else an action
25128 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25129 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25130 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25131 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25132 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25133 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25135 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25137 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25138 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25140 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25142 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25143 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25145 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25147 ;;;***
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25150 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20059
25151 ;;;;;; 26455))
25152 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25154 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25156 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25158 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25160 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25161 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25162 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25163 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25164 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25165 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25167 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25168 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25170 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25171 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25172 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25174 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25175 \\[server-start].
25177 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25179 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25180 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25181 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25182 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25184 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25186 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25187 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25188 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25191 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25193 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25195 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25196 Toggle Server mode.
25197 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
25198 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25199 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
25201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25203 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25204 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25205 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25207 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25208 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25210 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25212 ;;;***
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19980 19797))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25217 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25218 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25219 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25221 Key definitions:
25222 \\{ses-mode-map}
25223 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25224 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25225 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25226 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25230 ;;;***
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25233 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25236 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25237 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25238 Makes > match <.
25239 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25240 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25242 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25243 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25244 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25246 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25247 in your `.emacs' file.
25249 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25251 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25252 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25253 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25255 \(fn)" t nil)
25257 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25258 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25259 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25260 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25261 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25262 which this is based.
25264 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25266 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25267 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25268 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25269 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25271 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25272 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25273 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25275 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25276 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25277 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25278 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25280 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25281 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25282 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25283 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25285 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25287 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25288 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25289 To work around that, do:
25290 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25292 \\{html-mode-map}
25294 \(fn)" t nil)
25296 ;;;***
25298 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25299 ;;;;;; (20051 32345))
25300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25301 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25303 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25304 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25305 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25306 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25307 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25308 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25310 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25311 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25312 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25313 shell-specific features.
25315 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25316 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25317 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25318 \\<sh-mode-map>
25319 \\[sh-case] case statement
25320 \\[sh-for] for loop
25321 \\[sh-function] function definition
25322 \\[sh-if] if statement
25323 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25324 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25325 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25326 \\[sh-select] select loop
25327 \\[sh-until] until loop
25328 \\[sh-while] while loop
25330 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25331 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25332 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25333 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25334 would indent to the way it currently is.
25335 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25336 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25339 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25340 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25341 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25342 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25343 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25344 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25346 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25347 {, (, [, ', \", `
25348 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25350 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25351 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25352 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25354 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25355 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25357 \(fn)" t nil)
25359 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25361 ;;;***
25363 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25364 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25367 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25368 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25370 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25371 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25372 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25374 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25375 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25376 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25377 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25378 the earlier.
25380 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25382 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25384 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25385 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25386 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25388 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25389 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25391 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25392 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25393 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25394 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25395 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25396 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25397 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25398 Emacs version).
25400 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25401 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25402 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25403 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25404 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25406 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25407 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25409 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25411 ;;;***
25413 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25414 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19886
25415 ;;;;;; 45771))
25416 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25418 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25419 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25420 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25421 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25422 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25423 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25424 sites in the cluster.
25426 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25428 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25429 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25430 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25431 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25432 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25434 \(fn)" t nil)
25436 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25437 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25438 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25439 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25440 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25441 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25442 `shadow-define-cluster').
25444 \(fn)" t nil)
25446 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25447 Set up file shadowing.
25449 \(fn)" t nil)
25451 ;;;***
25453 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25454 ;;;;;; (20092 23754))
25455 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25457 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25458 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25459 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25460 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25461 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25462 arguments.")
25464 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25466 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25467 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25468 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25469 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25470 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25472 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25473 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25474 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25475 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25476 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25477 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25478 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25479 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25480 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25481 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25482 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25485 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25486 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25487 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25489 `default-process-coding-system'.
25491 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25492 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25493 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25494 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25500 ;;;***
25502 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20097
25503 ;;;;;; 41737))
25504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25506 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25509 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25511 ;;;***
25513 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25514 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19845 45374))
25515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25517 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25520 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25522 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25525 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25527 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25530 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25532 ;;;***
25534 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25535 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25538 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25539 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25540 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25541 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25542 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25544 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25546 \(fn)" t nil)
25548 ;;;***
25550 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19890
25551 ;;;;;; 42850))
25552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25554 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25555 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25556 \\{simula-mode-map}
25557 Variables controlling indentation style:
25558 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25559 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25560 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25561 `simula-indent-level'
25562 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25563 `simula-substatement-offset'
25564 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25565 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25566 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25567 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25568 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25569 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25570 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25571 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25572 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25573 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25574 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25575 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25576 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25577 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25578 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25579 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25580 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25581 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25582 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25583 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25584 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25585 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25586 or nil if they should not be changed.
25587 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25588 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25589 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25590 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25592 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25593 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25595 \(fn)" t nil)
25597 ;;;***
25599 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25600 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25601 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25603 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25604 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25606 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25607 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25608 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25609 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25611 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25613 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25614 Insert SKELETON.
25615 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25616 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25617 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25618 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25619 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25621 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25622 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25624 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25626 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25627 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25629 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25630 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25631 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25632 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25634 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25635 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25636 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25637 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25639 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25640 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25641 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25643 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25644 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25646 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25647 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25649 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25650 _ interesting point, interregion here
25651 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25652 interesting point set by _
25653 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25654 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25655 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25656 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25657 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25658 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25659 nil skipped
25661 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25662 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25664 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25665 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25666 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25667 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25668 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25669 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25670 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25671 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25673 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25674 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25675 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25676 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25677 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25678 available:
25680 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25681 then: insert previously read string once more
25682 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25683 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25684 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25686 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25687 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25689 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25691 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25692 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25694 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25695 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25696 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25697 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25698 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25699 such as backslash.
25701 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25702 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25703 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25707 ;;;***
25709 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25710 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19946 1612))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25713 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25714 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25715 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25716 buffer names.
25718 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25720 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25721 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25722 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25726 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25727 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25728 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25730 \(fn)" t nil)
25732 ;;;***
25734 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25735 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
25736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25738 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25739 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25740 A list of images is returned.
25742 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25744 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25745 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25746 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25748 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25750 ;;;***
25752 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25753 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20098 4366))
25754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25756 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25759 \(fn)" nil nil)
25761 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25762 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25764 \(fn)" t nil)
25766 ;;;***
25768 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25769 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25771 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25772 Play the Snake game.
25773 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25775 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25777 Snake mode keybindings:
25778 \\<snake-mode-map>
25779 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25780 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25781 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25782 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25783 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25784 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25785 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25787 \(fn)" t nil)
25789 ;;;***
25791 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25792 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25795 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25796 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25797 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25798 Tab indents for C code.
25799 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25800 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25801 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25802 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25803 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25805 \(fn)" t nil)
25807 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25808 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25809 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25810 Tab indents for C code.
25811 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25812 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25813 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25814 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25815 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25817 \(fn)" t nil)
25819 ;;;***
25821 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19886
25822 ;;;;;; 45771))
25823 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25825 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25826 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25827 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25828 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25829 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25831 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25835 ;;;***
25837 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19889
25838 ;;;;;; 21967))
25839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25841 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25842 Play Solitaire.
25844 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25845 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25846 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25847 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25848 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25849 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25850 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25851 check after each move or undo.)
25853 What is Solitaire?
25855 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25856 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25857 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25859 Le Solitaire
25860 ============
25862 o o o
25864 o o o
25866 o o o o o o o
25868 o o o . o o o
25870 o o o o o o o
25872 o o o
25874 o o o
25876 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25877 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25878 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25879 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25881 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25882 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25883 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25884 this: o o .
25886 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25887 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25889 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25891 o o o
25893 . o o
25895 o o . o o o o
25897 o . o o o o o
25899 o o o o o o o
25901 o o o
25903 o o o
25905 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25907 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25909 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25911 ;;;***
25913 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25914 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25915 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
25916 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25917 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25919 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25920 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25922 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25923 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25924 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25925 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25926 contiguous.
25928 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25929 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25930 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25931 the sort order.
25933 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25934 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25936 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25937 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25938 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25939 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25940 is called.
25942 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25943 It should move point to the end of the record.
25945 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25946 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25947 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25948 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25949 starts at the beginning of the record.
25951 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25952 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25953 same as ENDRECFUN.
25955 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25956 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25958 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25960 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25961 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25962 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25963 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25964 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25965 the sort order.
25967 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25969 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25970 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25971 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25972 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25973 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25974 the sort order.
25976 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25978 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25979 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25980 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25981 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25982 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25983 the sort order.
25985 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25986 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25988 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25989 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25990 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25991 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25992 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25993 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25994 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25995 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25996 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25998 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26001 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26002 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26003 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26004 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26005 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26006 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26007 the sort order.
26009 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26011 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26012 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26013 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26014 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26015 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26016 is to be used for sorting.
26017 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26018 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26019 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26020 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26021 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26023 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26025 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26026 the sort order.
26028 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26029 starting with the letter \"f\",
26030 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26032 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26034 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26035 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26036 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26037 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26038 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26039 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26040 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26041 the sort order.
26043 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26044 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26045 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26046 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26047 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26049 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26051 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26052 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26053 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26055 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26057 ;;;***
26059 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20022
26060 ;;;;;; 32083))
26061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26063 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26064 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26065 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26066 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26067 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26068 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26070 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26072 ;;;***
26074 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26075 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26076 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19845 45374))
26077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26079 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26080 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26082 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26083 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26084 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26086 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26088 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26089 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26090 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26091 server.
26093 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26095 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26096 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26097 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26099 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26101 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26102 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26103 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26104 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26105 Agent is plugged.
26107 \(fn)" t nil)
26109 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26110 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26111 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26112 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26114 \(fn)" t nil)
26116 ;;;***
26118 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26119 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19886 45771))
26120 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26122 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26124 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26125 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26126 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26127 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26128 supported at a time.
26129 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26130 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26134 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26135 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26136 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26137 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26139 \(fn)" t nil)
26141 ;;;***
26143 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
26144 ;;;;;; 45374))
26145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26147 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26148 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26150 \(fn)" t nil)
26152 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26153 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26155 \(fn)" nil nil)
26157 ;;;***
26159 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26160 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26161 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26162 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26163 ;;;;;; (20091 2935))
26164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26166 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26167 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26169 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26170 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26171 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26172 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26173 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26174 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26175 of the current highlighting list.
26177 For example:
26179 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26180 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26182 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26183 `_t' as data types.
26185 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26187 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26188 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26190 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26191 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26193 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26195 \\\\FREE
26197 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26199 \\\\NONFREE
26201 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26203 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26204 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26206 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26207 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26208 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26209 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26211 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26212 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26213 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26214 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26216 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26217 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26218 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26220 \(fn)" t nil)
26222 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26223 Major mode to edit SQL.
26225 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26226 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26227 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26229 \\{sql-mode-map}
26230 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26232 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26233 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26234 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26235 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26236 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26237 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26239 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26240 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26242 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26243 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26244 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26246 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26247 (lambda ()
26248 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26250 \(fn)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26253 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26255 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26256 their settings.
26258 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26259 is specified in the connection settings.
26261 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26264 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26266 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26267 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26269 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26270 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26271 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26272 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26274 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26276 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26278 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26279 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26281 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26282 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26283 `*SQL*'.
26285 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26286 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26287 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26288 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26290 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26291 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26293 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26294 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26295 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26296 buffer.
26298 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26299 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26300 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26301 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26302 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26303 `default-process-coding-system'.
26305 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26307 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26309 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26310 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26312 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26313 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26314 `*SQL*'.
26316 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26317 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26318 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26319 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26321 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26322 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26324 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26325 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26326 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26327 buffer.
26329 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26330 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26331 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26332 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26333 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26334 `default-process-coding-system'.
26336 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26338 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26340 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26341 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26343 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26344 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26345 `*SQL*'.
26347 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26348 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26350 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26351 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26353 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26354 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26355 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26356 buffer.
26358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26360 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26363 `default-process-coding-system'.
26365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26369 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26370 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26372 SQLite is free software.
26374 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26375 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26376 `*SQL*'.
26378 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26379 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26380 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26381 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26383 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26384 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26386 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26387 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26388 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26389 buffer.
26391 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26392 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26393 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26394 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26395 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26396 `default-process-coding-system'.
26398 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26400 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26402 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26403 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26405 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26407 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26408 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26409 `*SQL*'.
26411 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26412 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26413 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26414 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26416 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26417 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26419 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26420 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26421 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26422 buffer.
26424 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26425 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26426 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26427 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26428 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26429 `default-process-coding-system'.
26431 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26436 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26438 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26439 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26440 `*SQL*'.
26442 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26443 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26444 defaults, if set.
26446 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26447 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26449 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26450 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26451 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26452 buffer.
26454 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26455 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26456 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26457 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26458 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26459 `default-process-coding-system'.
26461 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26463 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26465 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26466 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26468 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26469 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26470 `*SQL*'.
26472 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26473 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26475 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26478 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26479 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26480 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26481 buffer.
26483 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26484 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26485 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26486 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26487 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26488 `default-process-coding-system'.
26490 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26492 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26494 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26495 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26497 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26498 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26499 `*SQL*'.
26501 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26502 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26503 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26504 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26506 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26507 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26509 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26510 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26511 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26512 buffer.
26514 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26515 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26516 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26517 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26518 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26519 `default-process-coding-system'.
26521 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26523 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26525 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26526 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26528 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26529 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26530 `*SQL*'.
26532 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26533 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26534 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26535 `sql-postgres-options'.
26537 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26540 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26541 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26542 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26543 buffer.
26545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26546 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26547 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26550 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26551 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26552 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26554 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26555 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26557 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26561 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26562 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26564 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26565 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26566 `*SQL*'.
26568 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26569 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26570 defaults, if set.
26572 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26575 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26576 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26577 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26578 buffer.
26580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26582 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26585 `default-process-coding-system'.
26587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26591 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26592 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26596 `*SQL*'.
26598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26599 automatic login.
26601 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26602 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26604 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26605 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26606 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26607 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26609 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26610 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26611 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26612 buffer.
26614 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26615 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26616 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26617 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26618 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26619 `default-process-coding-system'.
26621 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26623 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26625 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26626 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26628 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26629 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26630 `*SQL*'.
26632 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26633 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26634 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26635 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26636 parameters.
26638 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26639 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26640 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26641 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26642 an empty password.
26644 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26645 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26647 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26648 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26649 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26650 buffer.
26652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26654 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26656 ;;;***
26658 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26659 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26660 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26662 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26663 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26665 \(fn)" t nil)
26667 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26669 ;;;***
26671 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26672 ;;;;;; (20047 35303))
26673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26675 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26676 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26677 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26678 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26679 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26680 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26681 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26682 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26683 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26684 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26685 with any buffer
26686 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26687 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26688 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26689 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26691 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26693 ;;;***
26695 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26696 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26697 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26698 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26699 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19886
26700 ;;;;;; 45771))
26701 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26703 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26704 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26705 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26706 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26707 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26708 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26710 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26712 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26714 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26715 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26716 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26717 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26718 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26719 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26720 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26722 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26724 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26725 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26726 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26727 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26728 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26729 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26730 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26732 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26734 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26735 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26736 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26738 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26740 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26741 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26742 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26744 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26746 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26747 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26749 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26751 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26752 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26754 \(fn)" t nil)
26756 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26757 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26759 \(fn)" t nil)
26761 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26762 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26763 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26764 chronologically by command name.
26765 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26767 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26769 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26770 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26771 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26774 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26776 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26778 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26779 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26780 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26781 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26782 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26783 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26784 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26786 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26787 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26788 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26789 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26791 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26796 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26797 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26798 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26800 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26802 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26803 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26805 \(fn)" t nil)
26807 ;;;***
26809 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26810 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
26811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26813 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26814 Studlify-case the region.
26816 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26818 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26819 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26821 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26824 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26826 \(fn)" t nil)
26828 ;;;***
26830 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26831 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26834 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26835 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26836 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26837 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26838 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26839 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26840 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26841 Here are some examples:
26843 Nomenclature Subwords
26844 ===========================================================
26845 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26846 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26847 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26849 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26850 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26851 as words.
26853 \\{subword-mode-map}
26855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26857 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26858 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26859 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26862 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26864 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26866 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26867 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26868 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26869 ARG is positive.
26870 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26871 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26872 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26876 ;;;***
26878 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26879 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26882 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26883 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26884 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26885 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26886 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26887 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26888 original message but it does require a few things:
26890 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26892 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26893 reply buffer.
26895 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26896 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26897 original message.
26899 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26901 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26903 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26904 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26905 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26907 \(fn)" nil nil)
26909 ;;;***
26911 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19845
26912 ;;;;;; 45374))
26913 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26915 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26917 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26918 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26919 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26922 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26924 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26926 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26927 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26928 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26929 otherwise turn it off.
26931 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26932 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26933 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26937 ;;;***
26939 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19998 49767))
26940 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26942 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26943 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26944 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26945 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26946 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26948 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26950 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26951 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26952 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26953 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26954 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26955 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26956 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26958 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26960 ;;;***
26962 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26963 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26964 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26965 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26966 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26967 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26968 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26969 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26970 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26971 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26972 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26973 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26974 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19845 45374))
26975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26977 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26978 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26979 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26981 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26983 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26984 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26986 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26988 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26989 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26991 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26993 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26994 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26996 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26998 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26999 Insert an editable text table.
27000 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27001 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27002 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27003 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27004 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27005 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27006 delimiting them.
27008 Examples:
27010 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27012 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27013 location of point.
27017 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27018 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27019 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27020 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27021 first cell.
27023 +-----+-----+-----+
27024 |-!- | | |
27025 +-----+-----+-----+
27027 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27029 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27030 width, which results as
27032 +--------------+-----+-----+
27033 |-!- | | |
27034 +--------------+-----+-----+
27036 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27037 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27039 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27040 | | |-!- |
27041 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27043 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27044 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27045 width information to `table-insert'.
27047 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27049 instead of
27051 Cell width(s): 5
27053 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27054 work all together.
27056 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27057 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27059 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27060 |-!- | | |
27061 | | | |
27062 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27064 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27066 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27067 |-!- | | |
27068 | | | |
27069 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27070 | | | |
27071 | | | |
27072 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27074 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27076 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27077 | | | |
27078 | | | |
27079 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27080 | | | |
27081 | | | |
27082 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27085 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27086 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27087 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27089 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27090 | | | |
27091 | | | |
27092 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27093 | | | |
27094 | | | |
27095 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27096 |-!- | | |
27097 | | | |
27098 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27100 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27101 results.
27103 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27104 | | | |
27105 | | | |
27106 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27107 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27108 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27109 | | |expected results.-!- |
27110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27111 | | | |
27112 | | | |
27113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27115 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27117 \\{table-cell-map}
27119 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27121 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27122 Insert N table row(s).
27123 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27124 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27125 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27126 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27128 \(fn N)" t nil)
27130 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27131 Insert N table column(s).
27132 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27133 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27134 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27135 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27137 \(fn N)" t nil)
27139 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27140 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27141 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27143 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27145 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27146 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27147 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27148 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27149 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27150 all the table specific features.
27152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27154 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27157 \(fn)" t nil)
27159 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27160 Recognize all tables within region.
27161 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27162 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27163 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27164 specific features.
27166 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27168 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27171 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27173 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27174 Recognize a table at point.
27175 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27176 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27177 the table specific features.
27179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27181 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27184 \(fn)" t nil)
27186 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27187 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27188 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27189 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27190 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27191 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27192 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27194 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27196 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27199 \(fn)" t nil)
27201 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27202 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27203 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27204 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27205 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27206 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27207 specified.
27209 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27211 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27212 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27213 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27214 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
27215 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27216 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27217 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27218 table structure.
27220 \(fn N)" t nil)
27222 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27223 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27224 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27225 table's rectangle structure.
27227 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27229 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27230 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27231 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27232 table's rectangle structure.
27234 \(fn N)" t nil)
27236 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27237 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27238 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27239 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27240 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27242 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27244 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27245 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27246 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27248 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27249 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27250 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27251 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27252 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27253 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27254 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27256 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27257 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27258 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27259 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27260 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27261 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27262 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27264 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27265 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27266 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27267 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27268 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27269 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27270 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27271 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27273 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27275 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27276 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27277 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27278 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27282 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27283 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27284 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27286 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27288 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27289 Split current cell vertically.
27290 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27292 \(fn)" t nil)
27294 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27295 Split current cell horizontally.
27296 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27298 \(fn)" t nil)
27300 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27301 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27302 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27304 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27306 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27307 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27308 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27309 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27311 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27313 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27314 Justify cell contents.
27315 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27316 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27317 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27318 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27320 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27322 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27323 Justify cells of a row.
27324 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27325 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27327 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27329 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27330 Justify cells of a column.
27331 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27332 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27334 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27336 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27337 Toggle fixing width mode.
27338 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27339 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27340 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27344 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27345 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27346 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27347 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27348 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27349 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27350 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27351 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27352 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27353 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27354 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27356 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27358 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27359 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27360 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27361 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27362 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27363 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27364 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27365 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27366 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27367 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27368 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27369 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27370 untouched.
27372 References used for this implementation:
27374 HTML:
27375 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27377 LaTeX:
27378 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27380 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27381 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27382 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27384 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27386 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27387 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27388 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27389 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27390 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27391 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27392 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27393 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27394 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27395 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27396 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27397 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27398 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27399 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27400 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27401 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27402 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27404 Example:
27406 (progn
27407 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27408 (table-forward-cell 15)
27409 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27410 (table-forward-cell 16)
27411 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27412 (table-forward-cell 1)
27413 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27415 (progn
27416 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27417 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27418 (table-forward-cell 1)
27419 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27421 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27423 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27424 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27425 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27426 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27427 consists from cells of same height.
27429 \(fn N)" t nil)
27431 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27432 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27433 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27434 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27435 column must consists from cells of same width.
27437 \(fn N)" t nil)
27439 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27440 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27441 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27442 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27443 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27444 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27445 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27446 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27447 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27448 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27449 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27450 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27451 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27452 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27453 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27456 Example 1:
27458 1, 2, 3, 4
27459 5, 6, 7, 8
27460 , 9, 10
27462 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27463 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27464 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27465 specified as 5.
27467 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27468 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27469 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27470 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27471 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27472 | | 9 | 10 | |
27473 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27475 Note:
27477 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27478 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27479 of each row is optional.
27482 Example 2:
27484 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27485 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27486 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27487 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27488 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27490 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27491 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27493 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27494 expression and raw delimiter regular
27495 expression, it parses the specified text
27496 area and extracts cell items from
27497 non-table text and then forms a table out
27498 of them.
27500 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27501 creates a single cell table. The text in
27502 the specified region is placed in that
27503 cell.-*-
27505 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27506 like this.
27508 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27509 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27510 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27512 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27513 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27514 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27515 | area and extracts cell items from |
27516 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27517 | of them. |
27519 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27520 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27521 | the specified region is placed in that |
27522 | cell. |
27523 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27525 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27526 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27527 independently.
27529 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27530 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27531 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27532 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27533 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27534 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27535 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27536 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27537 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27538 | |of them. |
27539 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27540 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27541 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27542 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27543 | |cell. |
27544 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27546 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27547 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27548 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27550 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27552 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27553 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27554 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27555 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27556 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27558 \(fn)" t nil)
27560 ;;;***
27562 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27563 ;;;;;; (20045 30688))
27564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27566 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27567 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27568 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27569 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27571 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27572 which are labelled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27573 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27574 to their column values.
27576 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27578 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27579 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27580 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27581 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27582 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27583 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27584 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27585 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27587 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27588 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27589 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27590 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27591 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27592 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27594 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27595 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27596 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27597 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27598 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27599 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27601 \(fn)" t nil)
27603 ;;;***
27605 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19886 45771))
27606 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27608 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27609 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27611 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27613 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27614 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27616 \(fn)" t nil)
27618 ;;;***
27620 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19977 43600))
27621 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27623 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27624 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27625 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27626 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27627 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27628 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27629 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27631 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27632 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27633 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27634 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27636 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27637 \\{tar-mode-map}
27639 \(fn)" t nil)
27641 ;;;***
27643 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27644 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19890 42850))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27647 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27648 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27649 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27650 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27651 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27652 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27654 Variables controlling indentation style:
27655 `tcl-indent-level'
27656 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27657 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27658 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27660 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27661 documentation for details):
27662 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27663 Controls action of TAB key.
27664 `tcl-auto-newline'
27665 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27666 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27667 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27668 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27669 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27671 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27672 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27673 already exist.
27675 \(fn)" t nil)
27677 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27678 Run inferior Tcl process.
27679 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27680 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27682 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27684 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27685 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27686 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27688 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27690 ;;;***
27692 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20077 56412))
27693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27695 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27696 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27697 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27698 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27701 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27702 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27703 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27704 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27706 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27708 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27709 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27710 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27711 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27713 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27715 ;;;***
27717 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27718 ;;;;;; (20050 11479))
27719 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27721 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27722 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27723 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27724 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27725 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27726 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27728 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27730 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27731 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27732 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27733 commands to use in that buffer.
27735 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27737 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27739 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27740 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27742 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27744 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27745 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27746 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27747 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27748 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27749 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27750 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27751 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27752 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27753 use in that buffer.
27754 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27756 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27758 ;;;***
27760 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19931
27761 ;;;;;; 11784))
27762 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27764 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27765 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27766 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27767 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27768 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27769 program as keyboard input.
27771 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27772 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27773 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27774 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27776 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27777 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27778 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27779 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27780 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27782 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27784 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27785 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27786 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27787 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27789 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27790 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27791 subprocess started.
27793 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27795 ;;;***
27797 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27798 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
27799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27801 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27802 Start coverage on function under point.
27804 \(fn)" t nil)
27806 ;;;***
27808 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19889 21967))
27809 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27811 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27812 Play the Tetris game.
27813 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27814 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27815 as to form complete rows.
27817 tetris-mode keybindings:
27818 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27819 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27820 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27821 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27822 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27823 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27824 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27825 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27826 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27828 \(fn)" t nil)
27830 ;;;***
27832 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27833 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27834 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27835 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27836 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27837 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27838 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27839 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27842 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27843 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27845 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27847 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27848 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27849 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27850 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27851 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27853 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27855 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27856 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27857 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27858 if it matches the first line of the file,
27859 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27861 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27863 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27864 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27865 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27866 if the variable is non-nil.")
27868 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27870 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27871 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27873 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27875 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27876 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27877 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27878 See the documentation of that variable.")
27880 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27882 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27883 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27884 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27885 See the documentation of that variable.")
27887 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27889 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27890 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27891 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27892 See the documentation of that variable.")
27894 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27896 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27897 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27898 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27899 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27900 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27902 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27904 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27905 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27906 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27907 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27909 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27911 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27912 User defined LaTeX block names.
27913 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27915 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27917 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27918 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27919 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27920 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27922 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27924 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27925 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27926 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27927 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27929 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27931 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27932 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27933 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27934 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27936 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27937 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27938 for example,
27940 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27941 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27943 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27944 use.")
27946 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27948 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27949 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27950 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27951 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27952 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27954 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27956 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27958 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27959 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27960 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27962 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27964 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27965 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27966 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27967 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27968 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27970 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27972 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27973 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27975 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27977 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27978 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27980 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27982 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27983 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27984 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27985 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27986 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27987 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27988 says which mode to use.
27990 \(fn)" t nil)
27992 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27994 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27996 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27998 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27999 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28000 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28001 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28002 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28004 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28005 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28006 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28007 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28008 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28009 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28010 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28012 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28013 mismatched $'s or braces.
28015 Special commands:
28016 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28018 Mode variables:
28019 tex-run-command
28020 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28021 tex-directory
28022 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28023 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28024 tex-dvi-print-command
28025 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28026 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28027 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28028 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28029 tex-dvi-view-command
28030 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28031 tex-show-queue-command
28032 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28033 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28035 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28036 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28037 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28039 \(fn)" t nil)
28041 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28042 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28043 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28044 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28045 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28047 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28048 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28049 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28050 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28051 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28052 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28053 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28055 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28056 mismatched $'s or braces.
28058 Special commands:
28059 \\{latex-mode-map}
28061 Mode variables:
28062 latex-run-command
28063 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28064 tex-directory
28065 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28066 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28067 tex-dvi-print-command
28068 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28069 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28070 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28071 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28072 tex-dvi-view-command
28073 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28074 tex-show-queue-command
28075 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28076 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28078 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28079 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28080 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28082 \(fn)" t nil)
28084 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28085 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28086 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28087 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28088 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28090 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28091 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28092 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28093 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28094 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28095 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28096 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28098 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28099 mismatched $'s or braces.
28101 Special commands:
28102 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28104 Mode variables:
28105 slitex-run-command
28106 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28107 tex-directory
28108 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28109 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28110 tex-dvi-print-command
28111 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28112 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28113 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28114 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28115 tex-dvi-view-command
28116 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28117 tex-show-queue-command
28118 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28119 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28121 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28122 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28123 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28124 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28126 \(fn)" t nil)
28128 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28131 \(fn)" nil nil)
28133 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28134 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28136 \(fn)" t nil)
28138 ;;;***
28140 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28141 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19845 45374))
28142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28144 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28145 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28146 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28147 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28149 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28150 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28151 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28153 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28155 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28156 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28157 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28158 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28159 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28161 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28163 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28164 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28165 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28166 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28168 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28169 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28170 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28171 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28173 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28174 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28176 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28178 ;;;***
28180 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28181 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
28182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28184 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28185 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28187 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28189 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28190 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28192 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28194 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28195 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28197 It has these extra commands:
28198 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28200 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28201 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28202 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28203 modified version of TeX input format.
28205 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28206 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28207 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28208 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28210 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28211 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28212 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28213 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28214 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28215 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28216 in the Texinfo file.
28218 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28219 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28220 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28221 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28222 move forward past the closing brace.
28224 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28225 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28227 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28228 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28229 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28231 Here are the functions:
28233 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28234 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28235 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28237 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28238 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28239 texinfo-master-menu
28241 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28243 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28244 which menu descriptions are indented.
28246 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28247 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28248 in the region.
28250 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28251 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28252 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28253 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28255 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28256 be the first node in the file.
28258 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28259 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28261 \(fn)" t nil)
28263 ;;;***
28265 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28266 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28267 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28270 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28271 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28272 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28273 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28275 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28277 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28278 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28280 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28282 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28283 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28285 \(fn)" t nil)
28287 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28290 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28292 ;;;***
28294 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28295 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28296 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19990 55648))
28297 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28299 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28300 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28301 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28302 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28303 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28304 `line', and `page'.
28306 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28308 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28309 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28310 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28311 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28312 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28313 `line', and `page'.
28315 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28316 valid THING.
28318 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28319 positions of the thing found.
28321 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28323 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28324 Return the THING at point.
28325 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28326 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28327 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28328 `line', and `page'.
28330 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28331 a symbol as a valid THING.
28333 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28335 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28336 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28338 \(fn)" nil nil)
28340 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28341 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28343 \(fn)" nil nil)
28345 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28346 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28348 \(fn)" nil nil)
28350 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28351 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28353 \(fn)" nil nil)
28355 ;;;***
28357 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28358 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28359 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28360 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28362 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28363 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28365 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28367 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28368 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28369 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28370 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28372 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28374 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28375 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28377 \(fn)" t nil)
28379 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28380 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28382 \(fn)" t nil)
28384 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28386 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28387 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28389 \(fn)" t nil)
28391 ;;;***
28393 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28394 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28395 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28396 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28397 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19845
28398 ;;;;;; 45374))
28399 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28401 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28402 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28403 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28405 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28407 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28408 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28410 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28412 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28413 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28414 The returned string has no composition information.
28416 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28418 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28419 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28421 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28423 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28424 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28426 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28428 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28429 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28430 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28431 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28433 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28435 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28436 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28437 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28438 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28440 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28442 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28443 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28444 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28446 \(fn)" t nil)
28448 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28449 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28450 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28452 \(fn)" t nil)
28454 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28457 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28459 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28464 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28467 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28469 ;;;***
28471 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28472 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28475 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28476 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28477 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28478 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28479 parameters.
28480 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28482 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28484 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28485 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28486 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28487 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28488 parameters.
28489 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28491 \(fn)" t nil)
28493 ;;;***
28495 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28496 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28497 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20033 22846))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28500 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28501 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28503 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28504 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28506 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28507 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28508 This display updates automatically every minute.
28509 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28510 are displayed as well.
28511 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28513 \(fn)" t nil)
28515 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28516 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28517 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28520 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28522 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28524 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28525 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28526 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28528 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28529 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28530 customizing `display-time-interval').
28531 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28532 are displayed as well.
28533 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28537 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28538 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28539 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28540 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28542 \(fn)" t nil)
28544 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28545 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28546 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28547 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28549 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28551 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28552 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28554 \(fn)" t nil)
28556 ;;;***
28558 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28559 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28560 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28561 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28562 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28565 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28566 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28567 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28569 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28570 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28571 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28572 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28573 (progn
28574 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28575 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28576 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28578 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28579 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28581 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28583 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28584 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28586 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28588 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28589 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28591 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28593 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28594 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28595 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28597 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28599 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28601 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28602 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28603 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28605 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28607 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28608 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28610 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28612 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28613 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28614 DATE should be a date-time string.
28616 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28618 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28619 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28620 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28622 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28624 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28625 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28627 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28629 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28630 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28632 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28634 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28635 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28636 TIME should be a time value.
28637 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28639 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28641 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28642 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28643 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28645 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28648 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28649 The valid format specifiers are:
28650 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28651 %d is the number of days.
28652 %h is the number of hours.
28653 %m is the number of minutes.
28654 %s is the number of seconds.
28655 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28656 %% is a literal \"%\".
28658 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28659 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28661 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28662 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28663 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28665 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28666 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28667 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28669 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28671 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28673 ;;;***
28675 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28676 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20033 22846))
28677 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28678 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28679 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28680 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28681 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28682 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28683 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28684 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28685 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28687 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28688 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28689 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28690 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28691 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28692 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28693 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28694 look like one of the following:
28695 Time-stamp: <>
28696 Time-stamp: \" \"
28697 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28698 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28699 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28700 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28701 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28702 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28703 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28704 the template.
28706 \(fn)" t nil)
28708 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28709 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28710 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28714 ;;;***
28716 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28717 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28718 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28719 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28720 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28723 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28724 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28725 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28726 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28727 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28728 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28729 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28730 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28731 display (non-nil means on).
28733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28735 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28736 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28737 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28738 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28739 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28740 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28741 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28742 this function is called within a day.
28744 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28745 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28746 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28747 discover the name of the project.
28749 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28751 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28752 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28753 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28754 begun during the last time segment.
28756 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28757 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28758 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28759 discover the reason.
28761 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28763 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28764 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28765 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28766 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28767 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28769 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28771 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28772 Change to working on a different project.
28773 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28774 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28775 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28776 working on.
28778 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28780 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28781 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28782 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28784 \(fn)" nil nil)
28786 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28787 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28788 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28790 \(fn)" t nil)
28792 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28793 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28794 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28795 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28796 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28797 \"relative to today\".
28799 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28801 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28802 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28803 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28804 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28806 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28808 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28809 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28810 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28811 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28812 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28813 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28815 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28817 ;;;***
28819 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28820 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19845 45374))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28823 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28824 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28825 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28826 the generated Quail package is saved.
28828 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28830 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28831 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28832 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28833 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28834 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28835 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28836 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28838 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28840 ;;;***
28842 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28843 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19845 45374))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28845 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28846 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28848 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28849 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28850 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28851 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28852 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28854 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28856 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28857 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28858 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28859 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28860 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28862 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28864 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28865 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28866 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28867 in the menu in two ways:
28868 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28869 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28870 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28872 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28873 keymap or an alist of alists.
28874 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28875 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28877 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28879 ;;;***
28881 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28882 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28883 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19845 45374))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28886 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28887 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28889 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28891 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28892 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28894 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28896 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28897 Insert new TODO list entry.
28898 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28899 category.
28901 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28903 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28904 List top priorities for each category.
28906 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28907 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28909 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28910 between each category.
28911 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28913 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28915 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28916 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28917 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28918 between each category.
28920 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28922 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28924 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28925 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28927 \(fn)" t nil)
28929 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28930 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28932 \(fn)" nil nil)
28934 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28935 Show TODO list.
28937 \(fn)" t nil)
28939 ;;;***
28941 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28942 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28943 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19994 52720))
28944 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28946 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28947 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28948 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28952 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28953 Add an item to the tool bar.
28954 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28955 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28956 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28957 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28959 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28960 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28961 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28962 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28964 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28965 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28967 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28970 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28971 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28972 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28973 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28974 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28976 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28977 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28978 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28979 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28981 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28983 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28984 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28985 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28986 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28987 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28988 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28989 properties to add to the binding.
28991 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28993 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28994 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28996 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28998 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28999 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29000 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29001 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29002 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29003 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29004 properties to add to the binding.
29006 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29007 holds a keymap.
29009 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29011 ;;;***
29013 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29014 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
29015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29017 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29018 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29019 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29022 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29024 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29026 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29027 TPU/edt emulation.
29029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29031 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29033 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29034 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29036 \(fn)" t nil)
29038 ;;;***
29040 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29041 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29044 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29045 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29047 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29048 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29049 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29050 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29051 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29053 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29054 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29055 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29056 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29057 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29059 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29060 (tpu-edt)
29062 Known Problems:
29064 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29065 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29066 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29067 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29068 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29069 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29071 \(fn)" t nil)
29073 ;;;***
29075 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
29076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29078 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29079 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29080 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29081 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29082 to a tcp server on another machine.
29084 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29086 ;;;***
29088 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29089 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
29090 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29092 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29093 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29095 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29097 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29098 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29099 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29100 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29101 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29102 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29103 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29104 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29106 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29108 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29109 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29110 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29111 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29112 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29113 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29114 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29115 the window or buffer configuration.
29117 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29119 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29121 ;;;***
29123 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29124 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29125 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29126 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20090 9229))
29127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29129 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29130 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29131 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29133 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29135 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29136 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29138 It can have the following values:
29140 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29141 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29142 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29144 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29146 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29147 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29148 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29149 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29151 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29153 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29154 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29155 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29156 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29158 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29159 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29160 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29162 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29163 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29164 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29165 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29166 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29167 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29168 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29169 files which are not really Tramp files.
29171 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29172 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29173 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29174 updated after changing this variable.
29176 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29178 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29179 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29180 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29181 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29183 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29185 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29186 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29187 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29188 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29190 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29191 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29192 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29194 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29195 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29196 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29198 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29199 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29200 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29201 updated after changing this variable.
29203 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29205 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29206 Alist of completion handler functions.
29207 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29208 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29209 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29211 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29212 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29213 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29214 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29216 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29217 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29218 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29219 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29221 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29222 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29223 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29225 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29227 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29228 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29229 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29231 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29232 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29234 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29236 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29239 \(fn)" nil nil)
29241 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29242 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29244 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29246 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29247 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29249 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29251 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29252 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29254 \(fn)" t nil)
29256 ;;;***
29258 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29259 ;;;;;; (19946 29209))
29260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29262 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29265 \(fn)" nil nil)
29267 ;;;***
29269 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20048
29270 ;;;;;; 56149))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29273 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29274 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29275 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29276 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29277 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29278 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29279 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29280 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29282 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29283 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29284 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29286 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29287 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29288 resumed later.
29290 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29292 ;;;***
29294 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29295 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29296 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29298 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29301 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29303 ;;;***
29305 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29306 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19845 45374))
29307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29308 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29309 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29310 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29312 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29313 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29314 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29315 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29316 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29317 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29318 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29320 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29322 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29323 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29324 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29325 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29327 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29329 \(fn)" t nil)
29331 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29332 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29333 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29334 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29335 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29336 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29337 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29339 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29340 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29342 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29343 \\___/\\
29344 / \\
29345 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29347 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29349 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29351 ;;;***
29353 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29354 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29355 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29356 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29357 ;;;;;; (19985 37722))
29358 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29360 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29361 Toggle typing break mode.
29362 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29364 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29366 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29368 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29369 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29371 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29373 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29374 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29376 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29377 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29378 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29380 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29381 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29383 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29385 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29386 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29388 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29389 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29390 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29391 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29393 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29395 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29396 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29397 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29399 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29400 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29401 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29402 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29403 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29404 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29406 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29407 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29408 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29409 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29411 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29412 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29414 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29415 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29417 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29419 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29420 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29421 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29423 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29424 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29425 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29426 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29427 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29428 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29429 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29431 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29432 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29434 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29435 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29436 reset the keystroke counter.
29438 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29439 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29440 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29441 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29443 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29444 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29445 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29446 `type-break-schedule' command.
29448 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29449 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29450 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29451 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29452 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29453 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29454 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29455 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29456 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29458 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29459 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29460 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29461 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29462 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29464 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29465 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29466 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29467 approximate good values for this.
29469 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29470 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29472 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29473 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29474 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29475 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29476 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29477 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29479 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29480 a typing break occur. They include:
29482 `type-break-query-mode'
29483 `type-break-query-function'
29484 `type-break-query-interval'
29486 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29488 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29489 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29490 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29491 problems.
29493 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29495 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29496 Take a typing break.
29498 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29499 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29501 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29502 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29504 \(fn)" t nil)
29506 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29507 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29508 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29509 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29511 \(fn)" t nil)
29513 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29514 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29516 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29517 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29518 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29519 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29520 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29521 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29522 average typing speed.)
29524 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29525 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29526 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29527 the computed maximum threshold.
29529 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29530 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29531 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29532 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29533 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29535 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29537 ;;;***
29539 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29540 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29542 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29543 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29544 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29545 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29546 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29548 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29550 ;;;***
29552 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29553 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29554 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29555 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29556 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29557 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20052 53218))
29558 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29560 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29561 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29565 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29566 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29568 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29570 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29571 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29575 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29576 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29578 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29580 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29581 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29583 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29585 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29586 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29588 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29590 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29591 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29595 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29596 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29598 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29600 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29601 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29605 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29606 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29608 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29610 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29611 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29615 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29616 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29618 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29620 ;;;***
29622 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29623 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29626 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29627 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29628 Works by overstriking underscores.
29629 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29630 which specify the range to operate on.
29632 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29634 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29635 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29636 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29637 which specify the range to operate on.
29639 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29641 ;;;***
29643 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29644 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29647 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29648 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29649 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29650 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29651 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29652 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29654 \(fn)" nil nil)
29656 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29657 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29659 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29661 ;;;***
29663 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29664 ;;;;;; 45374))
29665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29667 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29668 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29669 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29670 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29672 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29674 ;;;***
29676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29677 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19845 45374))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29680 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29681 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29682 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29684 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29685 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29686 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29687 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29688 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29689 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29691 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29692 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29693 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29695 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29696 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29697 the callback is not called).
29699 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29700 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29701 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29702 take effect.
29704 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29706 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29708 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29709 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29710 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29711 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29712 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29714 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29716 ;;;***
29718 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29719 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29720 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29722 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29723 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29724 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29726 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29727 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29728 `url-generic-parse-url'
29729 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29730 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29731 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29732 realm
29733 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29734 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29735 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29736 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29737 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29738 what type of auth to use
29739 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29740 if one cannot be found in the cache
29742 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29744 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29745 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29747 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29748 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29749 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29750 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29751 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29752 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29753 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29754 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29756 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29758 ;;;***
29760 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29761 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19988 13913))
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29764 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29765 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29767 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29769 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29770 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29771 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29773 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29775 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29776 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29778 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29780 ;;;***
29782 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
29783 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29785 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29788 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29790 ;;;***
29792 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29793 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19845 45374))
29794 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29796 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29801 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29804 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29806 ;;;***
29808 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
29809 ;;;;;; 45374))
29810 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29812 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29813 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29815 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29817 ;;;***
29819 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29820 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
29821 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29823 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29824 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29826 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29828 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29829 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29830 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29831 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29832 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29834 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29836 ;;;***
29838 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29839 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29840 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29843 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29844 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29845 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29848 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29850 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29852 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29853 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29857 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29858 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29859 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29860 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29862 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29864 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29865 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29866 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29867 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29868 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29869 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29870 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29871 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29872 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29873 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29875 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29877 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29878 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29879 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29880 accessible.
29882 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29884 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29887 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29889 ;;;***
29891 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29892 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20094 65493))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29895 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29896 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29897 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29898 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29899 CBARGS as the arguments.
29901 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29903 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29906 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29908 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29910 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29913 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29915 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29916 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29917 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29919 Property list members:
29921 methods
29922 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29923 supports.
29926 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29927 supported.
29929 dasl
29930 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29932 ranges
29933 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29936 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29937 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29938 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29939 Emacs/W3.
29941 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29943 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29944 Default HTTPS port.")
29946 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29947 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29948 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29950 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29951 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29952 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29953 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29954 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29956 ;;;***
29958 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
29959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29961 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29964 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29966 ;;;***
29968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19845
29969 ;;;;;; 45374))
29970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29972 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29973 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29974 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29975 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29976 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29978 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29980 ;;;***
29982 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29983 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29984 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29986 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29989 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29991 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29992 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29994 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29996 ;;;***
29998 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29999 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
30000 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30002 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30003 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30005 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30007 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30008 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30012 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30015 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30017 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30019 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30021 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30023 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30024 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30026 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30028 ;;;***
30030 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30031 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30032 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30034 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30039 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30044 ;;;***
30046 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30047 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30048 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30049 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30051 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30054 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30056 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30059 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30061 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30064 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30066 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30069 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30071 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30074 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30076 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30079 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30081 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30084 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30086 ;;;***
30088 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30089 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
30090 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30092 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30093 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30095 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30097 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30098 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30099 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30100 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30102 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30104 ;;;***
30106 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30107 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30108 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30110 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30111 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30113 \(fn)" t nil)
30115 ;;;***
30117 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30118 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
30119 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30121 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30122 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30123 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
30124 controls the level of parallelism via the
30125 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
30127 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30129 ;;;***
30131 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30132 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30133 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30134 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30135 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30136 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30137 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19867 59212))
30138 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30140 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30141 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30142 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30144 If t, all messages will be logged.
30145 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30146 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30148 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30150 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30153 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30155 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30158 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30160 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30161 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30162 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30163 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30164 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30165 & ==> &amp;
30166 < ==> &lt;
30167 > ==> &gt;
30168 \" ==> &quot;
30170 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30172 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30173 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30174 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30176 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30178 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30179 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30180 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30184 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30185 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30187 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30189 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30190 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30192 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30194 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30195 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30197 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30199 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30202 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30204 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30207 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30209 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30212 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30214 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30216 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30217 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30221 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30222 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30224 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30226 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30229 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30231 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30232 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30233 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30234 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30235 forbidden in URL encoding.
30237 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30239 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30240 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30241 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30242 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30243 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30244 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30246 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30248 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30249 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30250 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30251 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30253 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30255 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30256 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30257 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30259 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30261 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30262 View the current document's URL.
30263 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30264 the minibuffer.
30266 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30268 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30270 ;;;***
30272 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30273 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30276 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30277 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30278 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30279 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30280 to refrain from editing the file
30281 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30282 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30283 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30284 in any way you like.
30286 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30288 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30289 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30290 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30291 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30292 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30294 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30295 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30297 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30299 ;;;***
30301 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30302 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30303 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
30304 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30306 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30309 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30311 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30314 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30316 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30319 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30321 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30324 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30326 ;;;***
30328 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
30329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30331 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30332 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30334 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30336 ;;;***
30338 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30339 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30340 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30343 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30344 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30345 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30346 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30348 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30350 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30351 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30352 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30354 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30356 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30357 Uudecode region between START and END.
30358 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30360 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30362 ;;;***
30364 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30365 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30366 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30367 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30368 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30369 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30370 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19997
30371 ;;;;;; 28887))
30372 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30374 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30375 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30376 See `run-hooks'.")
30378 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30380 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30381 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30382 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30384 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30386 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30387 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30388 See `run-hooks'.")
30390 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30392 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30393 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30394 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30396 For locking systems:
30397 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30398 control.
30399 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30400 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30401 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30402 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30403 it performs a revert on that file.
30404 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30405 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30406 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30407 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30408 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30409 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30410 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30412 For merging systems:
30413 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30414 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30415 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30416 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30417 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30418 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30419 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30420 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30421 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30423 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30425 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30426 Register into a version control system.
30427 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30428 Otherwise register the current file.
30429 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30430 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30432 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30433 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30434 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30435 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30436 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30437 first backend that could register the file is used.
30439 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30441 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30442 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30444 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30446 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30447 Display diffs between file revisions.
30448 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30449 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30450 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30452 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30453 saving the buffer.
30455 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30457 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30458 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30459 repository history using ediff.
30461 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30463 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30464 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30465 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30466 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30467 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30469 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30470 saving the buffer.
30472 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30474 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30475 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30476 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30477 fileset with the working revision.
30478 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30479 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30481 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30482 saving the buffer.
30484 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30486 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30487 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30488 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30489 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30491 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30493 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30494 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30495 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30496 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30498 \(fn)" t nil)
30500 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30501 Perform a version control merge operation.
30502 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30503 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30504 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30506 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30507 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30508 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30509 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30510 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30511 changes from the current branch.
30513 \(fn)" t nil)
30515 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30517 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30518 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30519 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30520 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30521 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30522 checked out in that new branch.
30524 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30526 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30527 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30528 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30529 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30530 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30531 allowed and simply skipped).
30533 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30535 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30536 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30537 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30538 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30539 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30541 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30542 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30544 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30546 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30547 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30548 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30549 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30550 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30552 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30554 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30555 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30556 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30558 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30560 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30561 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30562 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30564 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30566 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30567 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30568 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30569 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30571 \(fn)" t nil)
30573 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30574 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30575 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30576 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30578 \(fn)" t nil)
30580 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30582 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30583 Update the current fileset or branch.
30584 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30585 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30586 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30588 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30589 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30590 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30591 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30592 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30596 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30598 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30599 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30600 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30601 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30602 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30603 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30604 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30606 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30608 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30609 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30610 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30611 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30612 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30613 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30614 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30615 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30616 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30618 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30620 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30621 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30623 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30625 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30626 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30628 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30630 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30631 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30632 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30633 directory.
30635 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30637 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30638 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30639 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30641 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30642 log entries should be gathered.
30644 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30646 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30647 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30649 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30651 ;;;***
30653 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30654 ;;;;;; (19920 63959))
30655 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30657 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30658 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30660 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30661 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30662 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30663 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30664 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30665 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30667 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30668 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30669 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30670 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30671 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30672 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30673 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30674 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30676 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30678 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30680 Customization variables:
30682 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30683 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30684 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30685 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30687 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30689 ;;;***
30691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19984 16846))
30692 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30693 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30694 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30695 (progn
30696 (load "vc-arch")
30697 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30699 ;;;***
30701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20087 5852))
30702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30704 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30705 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30707 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30708 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30709 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30710 (progn
30711 (load "vc-bzr")
30712 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30714 ;;;***
30716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19845 45374))
30717 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30718 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30719 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30720 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30721 (load "vc-cvs")
30722 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30724 ;;;***
30726 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20087 5852))
30727 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30729 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30730 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30731 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30732 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30733 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30735 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30736 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30737 The file lines appear later.
30739 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30740 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30742 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30744 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30746 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30748 ;;;***
30750 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30751 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30752 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30754 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30755 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30756 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30757 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30758 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30759 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30760 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30761 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30762 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30763 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30764 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30765 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30766 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30767 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30768 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30770 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30772 ;;;***
30774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20087 5852))
30775 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30776 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30777 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30778 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30779 (progn
30780 (load "vc-git")
30781 (vc-git-registered file))))
30783 ;;;***
30785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
30786 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30787 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30788 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30789 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30790 (progn
30791 (load "vc-hg")
30792 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30794 ;;;***
30796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19845 45374))
30797 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30799 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30801 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30802 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30803 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30804 (progn
30805 (load "vc-mtn")
30806 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30808 ;;;***
30810 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30811 ;;;;;; (20064 44441))
30812 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30814 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30815 Where to look for RCS master files.
30816 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30818 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30820 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30822 ;;;***
30824 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30825 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30826 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30828 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30829 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30830 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30832 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30833 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30835 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30836 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30837 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30838 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30840 ;;;***
30842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19845 45374))
30843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30844 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30845 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30846 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30847 "_svn")
30848 (t ".svn"))))
30849 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30850 (load "vc-svn")
30851 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30853 ;;;***
30855 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30856 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
30857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30858 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30860 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30861 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30863 Usage:
30864 ------
30866 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30867 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30868 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30869 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30871 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30872 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30873 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30874 completions.
30876 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30877 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30879 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30880 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30882 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30883 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30884 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30886 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30889 Maintenance:
30890 ------------
30892 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30893 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30895 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30897 Official distribution is at
30898 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30901 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30902 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30904 Key bindings:
30905 -------------
30907 \\{vera-mode-map}
30909 \(fn)" t nil)
30911 ;;;***
30913 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30914 ;;;;;; (19973 46551))
30915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30917 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30918 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30919 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30920 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30921 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30923 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30925 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30926 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30928 Supports highlighting.
30930 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30931 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30933 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30935 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30936 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30937 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30938 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30939 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30940 on the left side of your screen.
30941 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30942 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30943 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30944 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30945 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30946 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30947 function keyword.
30948 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30949 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30950 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30951 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30952 if (a)
30953 begin
30954 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30955 Indentation for case statements.
30956 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30957 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30958 mark after an end.
30959 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30960 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30961 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30962 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30963 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30964 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30965 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30966 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30967 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30968 if (a)
30969 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30970 otherwise you get:
30971 if (a)
30972 begin
30973 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30974 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30975 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30976 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30977 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30978 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30979 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30980 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30981 comments in tight quarters.
30982 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30983 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30985 Variables controlling other actions:
30987 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30988 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30989 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30991 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30993 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30995 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30996 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30997 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30999 Some other functions are:
31001 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31002 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31003 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31004 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31005 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31007 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31008 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31009 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31010 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31012 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31013 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31014 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31015 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31016 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31017 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31018 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31019 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31020 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31021 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31022 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31023 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31024 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31025 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31026 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31027 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31028 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31029 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31030 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31031 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31032 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31033 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31034 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31035 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31036 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31037 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31038 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31039 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31041 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31042 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31044 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31046 \(fn)" t nil)
31048 ;;;***
31050 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31051 ;;;;;; (19914 25180))
31052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31054 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31055 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31057 Usage:
31058 ------
31060 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31061 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31062 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31063 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31064 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31065 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31066 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31067 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31068 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31070 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31071 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31072 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31073 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31075 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31076 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31077 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31078 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31079 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31081 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31082 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31085 HEADER INSERTION:
31086 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31087 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31088 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31091 STUTTERING:
31092 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31093 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31094 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31095 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31097 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31098 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31099 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31100 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31101 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31104 WORD COMPLETION:
31105 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31106 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31107 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31108 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31110 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31111 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31112 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31113 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31114 beginning with \"std\").
31116 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31117 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31118 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31119 stop.
31122 COMMENTS:
31123 `--' puts a single comment.
31124 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31125 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31126 with a comment in between.
31127 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31128 out following lines.
31129 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31130 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31132 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31133 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31134 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31135 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31136 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31137 non-nil.
31139 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31140 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31141 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31142 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31143 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31144 multi-line comments.
31147 INDENTATION:
31148 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31149 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31150 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31151 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31153 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31154 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31155 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31156 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31158 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31159 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31160 and vice versa.
31162 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31163 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31166 ALIGNMENT:
31167 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31168 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31169 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31170 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31171 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31172 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31173 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31174 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31176 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31177 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31178 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31179 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31180 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31181 is non-nil.
31183 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31184 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31185 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31187 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31188 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31191 CODE FILLING:
31192 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31193 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31194 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31195 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31196 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31197 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31200 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31201 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31202 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
31203 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31204 command:
31206 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31209 PORT TRANSLATION:
31210 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31211 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31212 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31213 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31214 internal signal initializations (menu).
31216 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31217 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31218 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31220 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31221 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31222 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31223 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31224 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31225 in subsequent paste operations.)
31227 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31228 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31229 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31232 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31233 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31234 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31235 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31236 association list with formals).
31239 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31240 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31241 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31242 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31243 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31244 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31245 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31246 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31247 `vhdl-testbench'.
31250 KEY BINDINGS:
31251 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31254 VHDL MENU:
31255 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31258 FILE BROWSER:
31259 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31260 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31261 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31263 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31264 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31267 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31268 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31269 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31270 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31272 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31273 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31274 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31276 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31277 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31278 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31279 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31281 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31282 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31283 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31284 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31285 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31287 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31288 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31289 required by secondary units.
31292 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31293 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31294 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31295 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31296 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31297 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31298 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31299 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31300 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31301 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31302 inputs to this component -> input port created
31303 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31304 outputs from this component -> output port created
31305 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31306 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31308 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31309 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31310 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31311 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31312 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31314 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31315 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31317 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31318 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31319 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31320 component instantiation is also supported (option
31321 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31323 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31324 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31325 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31326 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31327 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31328 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31329 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31330 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31331 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31332 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31333 | generating the configuration.
31335 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31336 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31337 | configurations in speedbar.
31339 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31342 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31343 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31344 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31345 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31346 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31347 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31348 information. New compilers can be added.
31350 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31351 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31354 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31355 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31356 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31357 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31358 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31360 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31361 command:
31363 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31364 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31365 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31367 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31368 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31369 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31370 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31371 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31372 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31373 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31375 Limitations:
31376 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31377 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31378 not (yet) supported.
31379 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31380 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31381 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31384 PROJECTS:
31385 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31386 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31387 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31388 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31389 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31390 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31391 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31392 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31394 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31395 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31396 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31397 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31398 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31399 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31400 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31401 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31402 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31403 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31404 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31407 SPECIAL MENUES:
31408 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31409 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31410 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31411 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31412 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31413 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31414 current directory for VHDL source files.
31417 VHDL STANDARDS:
31418 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31419 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31422 KEYWORD CASE:
31423 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31424 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31425 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31426 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31427 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31428 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31429 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31430 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31433 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31434 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31435 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31436 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31437 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31438 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31439 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31441 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31442 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31443 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31444 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31445 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31446 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31448 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31449 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31450 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31451 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31452 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31453 visually.
31455 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31456 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31457 highlighted if written in lower case.
31459 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31460 highlighted using a different background color if option
31461 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31463 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31464 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31465 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31466 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31467 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31470 USER MODELS:
31471 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31472 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31473 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31476 HIDE/SHOW:
31477 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31478 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31479 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31480 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31481 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31484 CODE UPDATING:
31485 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31486 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31487 Limitations:
31488 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31489 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31490 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31491 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31492 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31493 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31494 (used to obtain the port names).
31497 CODE FIXING:
31498 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31499 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31502 PRINTING:
31503 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31504 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31505 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31506 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31507 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31508 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31509 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31510 printers.
31513 OPTIONS:
31514 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31515 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31516 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31517 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31518 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31520 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31521 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31522 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31523 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31524 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31525 INSTALL file).
31527 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31528 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31531 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31532 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31533 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31534 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31536 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31539 HINTS:
31540 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31541 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31543 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31545 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31547 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31550 RELEASE NOTES:
31551 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31554 Maintenance:
31555 ------------
31557 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31558 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31560 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31562 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31563 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31564 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31565 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31567 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31568 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31569 where the latest version can be found.
31572 Known problems:
31573 ---------------
31575 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31576 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31577 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31580 The VHDL Mode Authors
31581 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31583 Key bindings:
31584 -------------
31586 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31588 \(fn)" t nil)
31590 ;;;***
31592 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19845 45374))
31593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31595 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31596 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31597 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31598 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31600 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31601 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31602 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31603 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31604 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31606 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31607 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31609 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31611 * Limitations and unsupported features
31612 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31613 not supported.
31614 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31615 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31617 * Modifications
31618 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31619 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31620 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31621 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31622 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31623 for undoing a repeated change command.
31624 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31625 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31626 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31628 * Extensions
31629 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31630 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31631 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31632 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31633 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31634 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31635 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31636 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31638 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31640 \(fn)" t nil)
31642 ;;;***
31644 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31645 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31646 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31647 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31648 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31650 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31651 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31653 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31655 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31656 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31657 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31658 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31660 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31662 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31663 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31665 \(fn)" t nil)
31667 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31668 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31669 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31670 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31672 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31674 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31675 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31677 \(fn)" t nil)
31679 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31682 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31684 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31687 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31689 ;;;***
31691 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31692 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31693 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31694 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31695 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20065 65310))
31696 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31698 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31699 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31700 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31702 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31704 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31705 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31706 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31707 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31709 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31711 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31712 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31714 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31716 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31717 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31718 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31719 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31720 moving around in the buffer.
31721 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31722 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31724 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31726 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31728 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31729 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31730 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31731 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31733 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31734 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31735 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31736 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31737 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31739 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31741 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31743 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31744 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31745 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31746 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31747 buffer.
31749 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31750 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31751 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31752 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31753 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31755 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31757 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31759 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31760 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31761 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31762 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31763 moving around in the buffer.
31764 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31765 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31767 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31769 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31770 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31771 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31773 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31774 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31775 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31776 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31778 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31780 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31781 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31782 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31783 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31784 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31785 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31786 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31788 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31790 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31792 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31793 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31794 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31796 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31798 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31799 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31800 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31801 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31802 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31803 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31804 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31806 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31808 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31810 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31811 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31812 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31814 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31816 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31817 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31818 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31819 turn it off.
31821 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31822 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31823 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31824 read-only.
31825 \\<view-mode-map>
31826 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31827 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31828 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31829 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31830 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31832 H, h, ? This message.
31833 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31834 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31835 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31836 > move to the end of buffer.
31837 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31838 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31839 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31840 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31841 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31842 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31843 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31844 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31845 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31846 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31847 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31848 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31849 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31850 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31851 Use this to view a changing file.
31852 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31853 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31854 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31855 . set the mark.
31856 x exchanges point and mark.
31857 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31858 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31859 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31860 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31861 ' go to position saved in character register.
31862 s do forward incremental search.
31863 r do reverse incremental search.
31864 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31865 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31866 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31867 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31868 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31869 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31870 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31871 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31872 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31873 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31874 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31875 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31876 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31877 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31878 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31879 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31880 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31882 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31883 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31884 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31885 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31886 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31887 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31888 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31889 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31890 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31892 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31896 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31897 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31898 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31899 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31900 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31901 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31902 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31903 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31904 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31906 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31908 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31909 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31910 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31911 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31912 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31913 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31915 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31916 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31917 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31919 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31921 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31923 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31925 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31926 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31928 \(fn)" t nil)
31930 ;;;***
31932 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19845
31933 ;;;;;; 45374))
31934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31936 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31937 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31939 \(fn)" nil nil)
31941 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31942 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31944 \(fn)" t nil)
31946 ;;;***
31948 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31949 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
31950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31952 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31953 Toggle Viper on/off.
31954 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31956 \(fn)" t nil)
31958 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31959 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31961 \(fn)" t nil)
31963 ;;;***
31965 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31966 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
31967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31969 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31970 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31971 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31972 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31973 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31974 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31975 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31976 the beginning of the warning.")
31978 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31979 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31980 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31981 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31982 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31983 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31984 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31985 also call that function before the next warning.")
31987 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31988 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31990 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31991 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31992 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31993 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31995 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31996 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31997 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31998 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31999 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32000 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32002 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32003 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32004 Default is :warning.
32006 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32007 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32008 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32009 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32010 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32011 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32013 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32014 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32015 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32017 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32019 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32020 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32022 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32024 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32025 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32026 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32027 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32029 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32030 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32031 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32032 can be whatever you like.)
32034 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32035 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32037 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32038 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32039 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32040 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32041 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32043 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32045 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32046 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32047 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32048 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32049 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32051 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32053 ;;;***
32055 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32056 ;;;;;; (20075 14682))
32057 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32059 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32060 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32061 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32062 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32063 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32064 in disk.
32066 See `wdired-mode'.
32068 \(fn)" t nil)
32070 ;;;***
32072 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19931 11784))
32073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32075 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32076 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32078 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32079 hotlist.
32081 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32082 <nwv@acm.org>.
32084 \(fn)" t nil)
32086 ;;;***
32088 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32089 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
32090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32091 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32092 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32094 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
32096 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32097 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32098 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32100 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32101 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32103 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32105 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32106 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
32107 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
32108 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
32110 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
32111 and off otherwise.
32113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32115 ;;;***
32117 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32118 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32119 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32120 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20088 26718))
32121 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32123 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32124 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
32126 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32127 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32128 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32130 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32131 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32135 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32136 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
32138 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32139 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32140 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32142 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32143 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32144 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32145 use `whitespace-mode'.
32147 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32151 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32152 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32153 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32154 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32155 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32156 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32158 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32160 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32161 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
32163 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32164 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32165 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32167 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32168 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32172 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32173 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32174 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32176 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32177 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32179 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32181 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32182 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
32184 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32185 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32186 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32188 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32189 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32190 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32191 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32193 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32197 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32198 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32200 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32201 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32203 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32204 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32206 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32208 CHAR MEANING
32209 (VIA FACES)
32210 f toggle face visualization
32211 t toggle TAB visualization
32212 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32213 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32214 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32215 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32216 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32217 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32218 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32219 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32220 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32221 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32222 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32223 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32224 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32225 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32226 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32228 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32229 T toggle TAB visualization
32230 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32231 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32233 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32234 ? display brief help
32236 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32237 The valid symbols are:
32239 face toggle face visualization
32240 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32241 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32242 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32243 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32244 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32245 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32246 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32247 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32248 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32249 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32250 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32251 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32252 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32253 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32254 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32255 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32257 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32258 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32259 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32261 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32263 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32265 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32267 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32268 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32270 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32271 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32273 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32274 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32276 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32278 CHAR MEANING
32279 (VIA FACES)
32280 f toggle face visualization
32281 t toggle TAB visualization
32282 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32283 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32284 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32285 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32286 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32287 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32288 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32289 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32290 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32291 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32292 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32293 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32294 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32295 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32296 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32298 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32299 T toggle TAB visualization
32300 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32301 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32303 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32304 ? display brief help
32306 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32307 The valid symbols are:
32309 face toggle face visualization
32310 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32311 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32312 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32313 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32314 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32315 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32316 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32317 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32318 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32319 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32320 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32321 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32322 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32323 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32324 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32325 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32327 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32328 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32329 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32331 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32333 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32335 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32337 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32338 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32340 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32341 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32342 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32343 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32344 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32346 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32348 The problems cleaned up are:
32350 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32351 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32352 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32353 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32355 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32356 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32357 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32358 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32359 SPACEs.
32360 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32361 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32362 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32363 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32365 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32366 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32367 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32368 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32369 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32370 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32371 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32372 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32374 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32375 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32376 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32378 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32379 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32380 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32381 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32382 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32383 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32384 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32385 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32387 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32388 documentation.
32390 \(fn)" t nil)
32392 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32393 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32395 The problems cleaned up are:
32397 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32398 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32399 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32400 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32401 SPACEs.
32402 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32403 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32404 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32405 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32407 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32408 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32409 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32410 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32411 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32412 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32413 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32414 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32416 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32417 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32418 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32420 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32421 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32422 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32423 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32424 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32425 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32426 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32427 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32429 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32430 documentation.
32432 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32434 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32435 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32437 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32438 non-nil.
32440 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32441 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32442 `whitespace-style' to have:
32444 empty
32445 trailing
32446 indentation
32447 space-before-tab
32448 space-after-tab
32450 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32451 whitespace problems in buffer.
32453 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32455 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32456 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32457 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32458 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32459 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32460 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32461 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32463 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32464 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32465 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32466 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32467 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32468 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32469 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32471 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32472 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32473 cleaning up these problems.
32475 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32477 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32478 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32480 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32481 non-nil.
32483 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32484 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32485 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32487 empty
32488 indentation
32489 space-before-tab
32490 trailing
32491 space-after-tab
32493 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32494 whitespace problems in buffer.
32496 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32498 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32499 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32500 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32501 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32502 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32503 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32504 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32506 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32507 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32508 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32509 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32510 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32511 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32512 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32514 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32515 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32516 cleaning up these problems.
32518 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32520 ;;;***
32522 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32523 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19886 45771))
32524 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32526 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32527 Browse the widget under point.
32529 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32531 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32532 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32534 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32536 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32537 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32539 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32541 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32542 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32543 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32547 ;;;***
32549 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32550 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19968
32551 ;;;;;; 28627))
32552 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32554 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32555 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32557 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32559 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32560 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32561 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32563 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32565 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32566 Create widget of TYPE.
32567 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32569 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32571 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32572 Delete WIDGET.
32574 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32576 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32577 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32579 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32581 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32582 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32583 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32584 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32586 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32587 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32589 \(fn)" nil nil)
32591 ;;;***
32593 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32594 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19886
32595 ;;;;;; 45771))
32596 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32598 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32599 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32600 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32601 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32602 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32603 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32604 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32608 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32609 Select the window above the current one.
32610 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32611 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32612 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32613 negative ARG) of the current window.
32614 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32618 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32619 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32620 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32621 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32622 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32623 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32624 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32628 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32629 Select the window below the current one.
32630 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32631 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32632 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32633 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32634 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32638 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32639 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32640 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32641 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32643 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32645 ;;;***
32647 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32648 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
32649 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32651 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32652 Toggle Winner mode.
32653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32654 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32656 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32658 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32659 Toggle Winner mode.
32660 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32664 ;;;***
32666 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32667 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20087 5852))
32668 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32670 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32671 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32672 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32673 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32674 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32676 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32678 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32679 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32680 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32681 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32682 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32683 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32684 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32685 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32687 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32688 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32690 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32692 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32693 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32695 \(fn)" t nil)
32697 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32698 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32699 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32700 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32701 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32702 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32703 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32704 `woman' command for further details.
32706 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32708 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32709 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32713 ;;;***
32715 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32716 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32719 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32720 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32722 BUGS:
32723 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32724 are not implemented
32725 - Options for search and replace
32726 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32727 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32729 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32730 Emacs-like.
32732 The key bindings are:
32734 C-a backward-word
32735 C-b fill-paragraph
32736 C-c scroll-up-line
32737 C-d forward-char
32738 C-e previous-line
32739 C-f forward-word
32740 C-g delete-char
32741 C-h backward-char
32742 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32743 C-j help-for-help
32744 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32745 C-l ws-repeat-search
32746 C-n open-line
32747 C-p quoted-insert
32748 C-r scroll-down-line
32749 C-s backward-char
32750 C-t kill-word
32751 C-u keyboard-quit
32752 C-v overwrite-mode
32753 C-w scroll-down
32754 C-x next-line
32755 C-y kill-complete-line
32756 C-z scroll-up
32758 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32759 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32760 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32761 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32762 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32763 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32764 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32765 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32766 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32767 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32768 C-k b ws-begin-block
32769 C-k c ws-copy-block
32770 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32771 C-k f find-file
32772 C-k h ws-show-markers
32773 C-k i ws-indent-block
32774 C-k k ws-end-block
32775 C-k p ws-print-block
32776 C-k q kill-emacs
32777 C-k r insert-file
32778 C-k s save-some-buffers
32779 C-k t ws-mark-word
32780 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32781 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32782 C-k v ws-move-block
32783 C-k w ws-write-block
32784 C-k x kill-emacs
32785 C-k y ws-delete-block
32787 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32788 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32789 C-o j justify-current-line
32790 C-o k kill-buffer
32791 C-o l list-buffers
32792 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32793 C-o r set-fill-column
32794 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32795 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32796 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32797 C-o wo other-window
32798 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32800 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32801 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32802 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32803 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32804 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32805 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32806 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32807 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32808 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32809 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32810 C-q a ws-query-replace
32811 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32812 C-q c end-of-buffer
32813 C-q d end-of-line
32814 C-q f ws-search
32815 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32816 C-q l ws-undo
32817 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32818 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32819 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32820 C-q w ws-last-error
32821 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32822 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32824 \(fn)" t nil)
32826 ;;;***
32828 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19845 45374))
32829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32831 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32832 Perform an interactive search.
32833 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32834 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32835 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32836 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32838 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32839 Example:
32841 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32843 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32845 ;;;***
32847 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32848 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
32849 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32851 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32852 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32853 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32854 Returns the top node with all its children.
32855 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32856 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32858 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32860 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32861 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32862 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32863 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32864 is not well-formed XML.
32865 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32866 and returned as the first element of the list.
32867 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32869 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32871 ;;;***
32873 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32874 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
32875 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32877 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32878 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32879 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32880 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32881 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32882 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32883 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32884 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32885 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32886 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32888 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32890 ;;;***
32892 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20034
32893 ;;;;;; 23247))
32894 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32896 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32897 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32898 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32901 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32903 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32905 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32906 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32907 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32908 it off.
32910 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32911 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32912 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32913 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32914 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32915 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32919 ;;;***
32921 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32922 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
32923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32925 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32926 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32930 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32931 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32933 \(fn)" nil nil)
32935 ;;;***
32937 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32938 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
32939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32941 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32942 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32944 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32946 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32947 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32949 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32951 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32952 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32953 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32955 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32957 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32958 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32960 \(fn)" t nil)
32962 ;;;***
32964 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19889 21967))
32965 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32967 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32968 Zone out, completely.
32970 \(fn)" t nil)
32972 ;;;***
32974 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32975 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32976 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32977 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32978 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32979 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32980 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32981 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32982 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32983 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32984 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32985 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32986 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32987 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32988 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32989 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32990 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32991 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32992 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32993 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32994 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32995 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32996 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32997 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32998 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32999 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33000 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33001 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33002 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33003 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33004 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33005 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33006 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33007 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
33008 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33009 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33010 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33029 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33030 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33033 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33035 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33036 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33037 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33039 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33041 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33042 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33043 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33044 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33045 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33046 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33047 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33048 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33049 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33050 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
33051 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33052 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33053 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33054 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
33055 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33056 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33057 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33058 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33059 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33060 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33061 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33062 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33063 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33064 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33065 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33066 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33067 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33068 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33069 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33070 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33071 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33072 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33073 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33074 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33075 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33076 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33077 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33078 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33079 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33080 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33081 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33082 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33083 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33084 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33085 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33086 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33087 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33088 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33089 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33090 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33091 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33092 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33093 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33094 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33095 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33096 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33097 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33098 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33099 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33100 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33101 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33102 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33103 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33104 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33105 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33106 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33107 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33108 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33109 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33110 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33111 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33112 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33113 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33114 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33115 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33116 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33117 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33118 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33119 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33120 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33121 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33122 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33123 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33124 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33125 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33126 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33127 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33128 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33129 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33130 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33131 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33132 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33133 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33134 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33135 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33136 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
33137 ;;;;;; "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
33138 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
33139 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
33140 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33141 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33142 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
33143 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
33144 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33145 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33146 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
33147 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33148 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33149 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33150 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33151 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33152 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33153 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
33154 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
33155 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
33156 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
33157 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
33158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
33159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33162 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33163 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33164 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33165 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33166 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33167 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33168 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33169 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33170 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33171 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33172 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33173 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33174 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33175 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20102
33176 ;;;;;; 59774 629987))
33178 ;;;***
33180 (provide 'loaddefs)
33181 ;; Local Variables:
33182 ;; version-control: never
33183 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33184 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33185 ;; coding: utf-8
33186 ;; End:
33187 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here